Patent Application
20090203582
The invention relates to lysobactin amides and methods for their preparation, as well as their use for manufacturing medicaments for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, in particular bacterial infectious diseases.
The bacterial cell wall is synthesized by a number of enzymes (cell wall biosynthesis) and is essential for the survival and reproduction of microorganisms. The structure of this macromolecule, as well as the proteins involved in the synthesis thereof, are highly conserved within the bacteria. Due to its essential nature and uniformity, the cell wall biosynthesis is an ideal point of attack for novel antibiotics (D. W. Green, The bacterial cell wall as a source of antibacterial targets, Expert Opin. Ther. Targets, 2002, 6, 1-19).
Vancomycin and penicillins are inhibitors of the bacterial cell wall biosynthesis and represent successful examples of the antibiotic potency of this principle of action. They have been employed for several decades clinically for the treatment of bacterial infections, especially with Gram-positive pathogens. Due to the growing occurrence of resistant microbes, e.g. methicillin-resistant staphylococci, penicillin-resistant pneumococci and vancomycin-resistant enterococci (F. Baquero, Gram-positive resistance: challenge for the development of new antibiotics, J. Antimicrob. Chemother., 1997, 39, Suppl A:1-6; A. P. Johnson, D. M. Livermore, G. S. Tillotson, Antimicrobial susceptibility of Gram-positive bacteria: what's current, what's anticipated?, J. Hosp. Infect., 2001, (49), Suppl A: 3-11) and recently also for the first time vancomycin-resistant staphylococci (B. Goldrick, First reported case of VRSA in the United States, Am. J. Nurs., 2002, 102, 17) these substances are increasingly losing their therapeutic efficacy.
The present invention describes a novel class of cell wall biosynthesis inhibitors without cross resistances with known antibiotic classes.
The natural product lysobactin and some derivatives are described as having antibacterial activity in U.S. Pat. No. 4,754,018. The isolation and antibacterial activity of lysobactin is also described in EP-A-196 042 and JP 01132600. WO04/099239 describes derivatives of lysobactin having antibacterial activity.
The antibacterial effect of lysobactin and katanosin A is furthermore described in O'Sullivan, J. et al., J. Antibiot. 1988, 41, 1740-1744, Bonner, D. P. et al., J. Antibiot. 1988, 41, 1745-1751, Shoji, J. et al., J. Antibiot. 1988, 41, 713-718 and Tymiak, A. A. et al., J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 1149-1157.
The stability of an active ingredient is an important parameter for its suitability as medicament. The stability is important inter alia in the storage and administration of medicaments. Many natural products show a stability which is insufficient for medicaments.
The depsipeptide lysobactin which has antibacterial activity is hydrolyzed in an aqueous neutral to basic medium (pH>7) within days. The result thereof is “open-lysobactin” which is opened on the lactone and has no antibacterial activity. It is therefore desirable to have active analogs of lysobactin with greater ring stability.
One object of the present invention is to provide alternative compounds to lysobactin having comparable or improved antibacterial effect, better tolerability, e.g. lower nephrotoxicity, and improved stability in aqueous neutral to basic medium for the treatment of bacterial diseases in humans and animals.
It has surprisingly been found in the context of this invention that lysobactin amides (cyclic nonapeptide amides) have an analogous antibacterial effect to lysobactin and are stable to hydrolysis in aqueous neutral to basic medium. Lysobactin amides are previously undescribed aza analogs of lysobactin in which the central lactone functionality is replaced by lactam functionality.
The invention relates to compounds of formula
in which
R1 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl or 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl and 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, methyl and methoxy,
R2 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl or 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl and 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, methyl and methoxy,
R3 represents hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl,
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl and 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl which is bonded via nitrogen,
R4 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R5 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R6 represents C1-C6-alkyl,
whereby alkyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of amino, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino, [amino(imino)methyl]amino, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl,
R7 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R8 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R9 represents hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R10 represents hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, (aminosulfonyl)(hydroxy)methyl, 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-2-oxoethyl or 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R11 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, (aminosulfonyl)(hydroxy)methyl, 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-2-oxoethyl or 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof and the solvates of the salts thereof, except the compounds of formula
in which
R1 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl or 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl and 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, methyl and methoxy,
R2 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl or 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl and 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, methyl and methoxy,
and
R12 represents hydrogen or methyl,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof and the solvates of the salts thereof.
Compounds of the invention are the compounds of formula (I) and the salts, solvates, solvates of the salts and prodrugs thereof, the compounds which are encompassed by formula (I) and are of the formulae mentioned below, and the salts, solvates, solvates of the salts and prodrugs thereof, as well as the compounds which are encompassed by formula (I) and are mentioned below as exemplary embodiments, and the salts, solvates, solvates of the salts and prodrugs thereof, insofar as the compounds which are encompassed by formula (I) and are mentioned below are not already salts, solvates, solvates of the salts and prodrugs.
The compounds of the invention may, depending on their structure, exist in stereoisomeric forms (enantiomers, diastereomers). The invention therefore relates to the enantiomers or diastereomers and respective mixtures thereof. The stereoisomerically uniform constituents can be isolated from such mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers in a known manner.
Where the compounds of the invention can exist in tautomeric forms, the present invention encompasses all tautomeric forms.
Salts preferred for the purposes of the present invention are physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention. However, also included are salts which themselves are not suitable for pharmaceutical applications but can be used for example for the isolation or purification of the compounds of the invention or mixed salts. A mixed salt means in the context of the present invention an addition salt which comprises two or more different acids or bases, such as, for example, a trifluoroacetate-mesylate salt.
Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include acid addition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, e.g. salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention also include salts of conventional bases such as, by way of example and preferably, alkali metal salts (e.g. sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (e.g. calcium and magnesium salts) and ammonium salts derived from ammonia or organic amines having 1 to 16 C atoms, such as, by way of example and preferably, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, ethyldiisopropylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-methylmorpholine, arginine, lysine, ethylenediamine and N-methylpiperidine.
Solvates for the purposes of the invention refer to those forms of the compounds of the invention which form a complex in the solid or liquid state through coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are a special form of solvates in which the coordination takes place with water.
For the purposes of the present invention, the substituents have the following meaning, unless otherwise specified:
Alkyl per se and “alk” and “alkyl” in alkoxy, alkylamino, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylaminocarbonyl represents a linear or branched alkyl radical generally having 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, by way of example and preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl.
Alkoxy by way of example and preferably represents methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy and n-hexoxy.
Alkoxycarbonyl by way of example and preferably represents methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, n-pentoxycarbonyl and n-hexoxycarbonyl.
Alkylamino represents an alkylamino radical having one or two alkyl substituents (chosen independently of one another), by way of example and preferably methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino, tert-butylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-diethylamino, N-ethyl-N-methylamino, N-methyl-N-n-propylamino, N-isopropyl-N-n-propylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-methylamino, N-ethyl-N-n-pentylamino and N-n-hexyl-N-methylamino. C1-C3-Alkylamino represents for example a monoalkylamino radical having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a dialkylamino radical having 1 to 3 carbon atoms each per alkyl substituent.
Alkylaminocarbonyl represents an alkylaminocarbonyl radical having one or two alkyl substituents (chosen independently of one another), by way of example and preferably methylaminocarbonyl, ethylaminocarbonyl, n-propylaminocarbonyl, isopropylaminocarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl, n-pentylaminocarbonyl, n-hexylaminocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, N,N-diethylaminocarbonyl, N-ethyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl, N-methyl-N-n-propylaminocarbonyl, N-isopropyl-N-n-propylaminocarbonyl, N-tert-butyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl, N-ethyl-N-n-pentylaminocarbonyl and N-n-hexyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl. C1-C3-Alkylaminocarbonyl represents for example a monoalkylaminocarbonyl radical having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a dialkylaminocarbonyl radical having 1 to 3 carbon atoms each per alkyl substituent.
Cycloalkyl represents a cycloalkyl group generally having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, by way of example and preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
Heterocyclyl represents a monocyclic, heterocyclic radical having 5 or 6 ring atoms and up to 3 heteroatoms and/or hetero groups from the series N, O, S, SO, SO2, whereby a nitrogen atom can also form an N-oxide. The heterocyclyl radicals may be saturated or partly unsaturated and by way of example and preferably represent pyrrolidin-2-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyranyl, piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, thiopyranyl, morpholin-1-yl, morpholin-2-yl, morpholin-3-yl.
Heteroaryl represents an aromatic monocyclic radical having 5 or 6 ring atoms and up to 4 heteroatoms from the series S, O and N, by way of example and preferably thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl and pyridazinyl.
Halogen represents fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, preferably fluorine and chlorine.
Preference is given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R1 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl and 3-pyridylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl and methyl,
R2 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl and 3-pyridylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl and methyl,
R3 represents C1-C4-alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl, whereby phenyl, benzyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
R4 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a hydroxy substituent,
and
whereby cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R5 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
R6 represents C1-C6-alkyl,
whereby alkyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of amino, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino, [amino(imino)methyl]amino, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl,
R7 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
R8 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a hydroxy substituent,
and
whereby cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
R9 represents hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, phenyl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
whereby methyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, amino and mercapto,
and
whereby cycloalkyl and phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
R10 represents hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, phenyl, trimethylsilylmethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, (aminosulfonyl)(hydroxy)methyl, 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-2-oxoethyl or 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl and phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
R11 represents methyl or ethyl,
whereby methyl and ethyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof, and the solvates of the salts thereof,
except the compounds of formula (Ia), in which
R1 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl and 3-pyridylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl and methyl,
R2 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl, benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
whereby benzyl, 2-pyridylmethyl and 3-pyridylmethyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl and methyl,
and
R12 represents hydrogen or methyl,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof and the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I), in which
R1 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
R2 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
R3 represents C1-C4-alkyl, 3-pyridyl or phenyl,
whereby 3-pyridyl or phenyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, methyl, methoxy, dimethylamino and diethylamino,
R4 represents —CH(OH)—C1-C5-alkyl or —CH(OH)phenyl,
whereby —CH(OH)phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-dialkylamino,
R5 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
R6 represents linear C2-C4-alkyl,
whereby alkyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of amino, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
R7 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, benzyl or trimethylsilylmethyl,
R8 represents C1-C4-alkyl, —CH2—OH, —CH(OH)—C1-C5-alkyl or —CH(OH)phenyl,
whereby —CH(OH)phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-dialkylamino,
R9 represents hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxymethyl or 2-amino-2-oxoethyl,
R10 represents hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl or 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby C1-C4-alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of amino and hydroxy, with the exception that R10 is not 4-aminobut-1-yl,
R11 represents methyl,
whereby methyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof and the solvates of the salts thereof,
except the compounds of formula (Ia), in which
R1 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
R2 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
and
R12 represents hydrogen or methyl,
and the salts thereof, the solvates thereof and the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R1 represents 2-methylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl, trimethylsilylmethyl or benzyl,
whereby benzyl may be substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl and methyl,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R1 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylbut-1-yl or trimethylsilylmethyl, or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof. Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R2 represents 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl or 3-pyridylmethyl,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R3 represents phenyl, benzyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl,
whereby phenyl, benzyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R3 represents phenyl,
whereby phenyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, methyl, methoxy, dimethylamino and diethylamino,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I), in which
R8 represents —CH(OH)—C1-C5-alkyl or —CH(OH)phenyl,
whereby —CH(OH)phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-dialkylamino, and
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R10 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroarylmethyl, trimethylsilylmethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, (aminosulfonyl)(hydroxy)methyl, 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-2-oxoethyl or 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylmethyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkylamino, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl and C1-C4-alkylaminocarbonyl,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R10 represents C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C7-cycloalkyl, phenyl, trimethylsilylmethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, (aminosulfonyl)(hydroxy)methyl, 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-2-oxoethyl or 2-(C1-C4-alkylamino)-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl, whereby alkyl may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, mercapto, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino and [amino(imino)methyl]amino,
and
whereby cycloalkyl and phenyl may be substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy and C1-C4-alkylamino,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
Preference is also given to compounds of formula (I) in which
R10 represents methyl, ethyl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl or 2-amino-1-hydroxy-2-oxoethyl,
whereby methyl and ethyl may be substituted with a hydroxy substituent,
or one of the salts thereof, the solvates thereof or the solvates of the salts thereof.
The invention further relates to a method for preparing the compounds of formulae (I), whereby
[A] Compounds of Formula
in which
R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and R11 have the meaning indicated above,
are reacted first with compounds of formula
in which
R1 and R2 have the meaning indicated above,
Y1 represents tert-butoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, and
X1 represents halogen, preferably bromine, chlorine or fluorine, or hydroxy,
and subsequently with an acid and/or by hydrogenolysis,
or
[B] Compounds of Formula
in which
R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and R11 have the meaning indicated above,
are reacted first with compounds of formula
in which
R1, R2 and R3 have the meaning indicated above, and
Y1 represents tert-butoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl, and subsequently in a 4-stage synthesis
a) with a fluoride reagent such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride,
b) with an acid,
c) with a dehydrating reagent, where appropriate in the presence of a base, and
d) by hydrogenolysis.
Method [A]:
If X1 is halogen, the reaction in the first stage generally takes place in inert solvents, where appropriate in the presence of a base, preferably in a temperature range from −30° C. to 50° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of inert solvents are tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride, pyridine, dioxane, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidine or dimethylformamide, with preference for pyridine or dimethylformamide.
Examples of bases are triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or N-methylmorpholine, with preference for diisopropylethylamine.
If X1 is hydroxy, the reaction in the first stage generally takes place in inert solvents, in the presence of a dehydrating reagent, where appropriate in the presence of a base, preferably in a temperature range from −30° C. to 50° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of inert solvents are halohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or trichloromethane, hydrocarbons such as benzene, nitromethane, dioxane, dimethylformamide or acetonitrile. It is likewise possible to employ mixtures of these solvents. Dichloromethane or dimethylformamide is particularly preferred.
Examples of suitable dehydrating reagents hereby are carbodiimides such as, for example, N,N′-diethyl-, N,N′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), N-cyclohexylcarbodiimide-N′-propyloxymethyl polystyrene (PS-carbodiimide) or carbonyl compounds such as carbonyldiimidazole or 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulfate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate, or acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, or propanephosphonic anhydride, or isobutyl chloroformate, or bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphoryl chloride or benzotriazolyloxytri(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TPTU), O-(1H-6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) or O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexa-fluorophosphate (BOP), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or N-hydroxy-succinimide, or mixtures thereof, with bases.
Examples of bases are alkali metal carbonates such as, for example, sodium or potassium carbonate, or bicarbonate, or organic bases such as trialkylamines, e.g. triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or diisopropylethylamine.
The condensation is preferably carried out with HATU or with EDC in the presence of HOBt.
The reaction with an acid in the second stage of the method preferably takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Suitable acids hereby are hydrogen chloride in dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride.
The hydrogenolysis in the second stage of the method generally takes place in a solvent in the presence of hydrogen and palladium on activated carbon, preferably in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, in a mixture with water and acetic acid or aqueous hydrochloric acid, with preference for a mixture of ethanol, water and acetic acid or a mixture of isopropanol and aqueous hydrochloric acid.
The reaction of the compounds of formula (IV) with compounds of formula (V) generally takes place in inert solvents in the presence of a dehydrating reagent, where appropriate in the presence of a base, preferably in a temperature range from −30° C. to 50° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of inert solvents are halohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or trichloromethane, hydrocarbon such as benzene, nitromethane, dioxane, dimethylformamide or acetonitrile. It is likewise possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Dichloromethane or dimethylformamide is particularly preferred.
Examples of suitable dehydrating reagents hereby are carbodiimides such as, for example, N,N′-diethyl-, N,N′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), N-cyclohexylcarbodiimide-N′-propyloxymethyl polystyrene (PS-carbodiimide) or carbonyl compounds such as carbonyldiimidazole or 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulfate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate, or acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, or propanephosphonic anhydride, or isobutyl chloroformate, or bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphoryl chloride or benzotriazolyloxytri(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TPTU), O-(1H-6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) or O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or N-hydroxysuccinimide, or mixtures thereof, with bases.
Examples of bases are alkali metal carbonates such as, for example, sodium or potassium carbonate, or bicarbonate, or organic bases such as trialkylamines, e.g. triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or diisopropylethylamine.
The condensation is preferably carried out with HATU or with a mixture of EDC and HOBt.
The reaction with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in the first stage (a) of the further method generally takes place in inert solvents, preferably in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of inert solvents are halohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or trichloromethane, or ethers such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane. Tetrahydrofuran is particularly preferred.
The reaction with an acid in the second stage (b) of the method preferably takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Suitable acids hereby are hydrogen chloride in dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride.
The reaction in the third stage (c) of the method takes place in analogy to the reaction of compounds of formula (IV) with compounds of formula (V).
The hydrogenolysis in the fourth stage (d) of the method generally takes place in a solvent in the presence of hydrogen and palladium on activated carbon, preferably in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, in a mixture with water and acetic acid or aqueous hydrochloric acid, with preference for a mixture of ethanol, water and acetic acid or a mixture of isopropanol and aqueous hydrochloric acid.
The compounds of formula (II) are known or can be prepared by reacting compounds of formula
in which
R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and R11 have the meaning indicated above,
first with compounds of formula
in which
R3 has the meaning indicated above, and
R13 represents cyanomethyl, p-nitrophenyl, o-nitrophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, 2,4,5-trichlorophenyl, pentachlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl (Pfp), N-hydroxyphthalimidyl, N-hydroxysuccinimidyl (O-Su), 1-hydroxypiperidinyl or 5-chloro-8-hydroxyquinolinyl,
and subsequently in a 3-stage synthesis
a) with an acid,
b) with a dehydrating reagent, where appropriate in the presence of a base, and
c) by hydrogenolysis.
The reaction of the compounds of formula (VI) with compounds of formula (VII) generally takes place in inert solvents, where appropriate in the presence of a base, preferably in a temperature range from −30° C. to 50° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of inert solvents are tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride, pyridine, dioxane, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidine or dimethylformamide, with preference for pyridine or dimethylformamide.
The reaction with an acid in the first stage (a) of the method preferably takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Suitable acids hereby are hydrogen chloride in dioxane, hydrogen bromide in acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride.
The reaction in the second stage (b) of the method takes place in analogy to the reaction of compounds of formula (IV) with compounds of formula (V).
The hydrogenolysis in the third stage (c) of the method generally takes place in a solvent in the presence of hydrogen and palladium on activated carbon, preferably in a temperature range from 0° C. to 40° C. under atmospheric pressure.
Examples of solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, in a mixture with water and acetic acid or aqueous hydrochloric acid, with preference for a mixture of ethanol, water and acetic acid or a mixture of isopropanol and aqueous hydrochloric acid.
The compounds of formulae (III), (V) and (VII) are known or can be synthesized by known method, or by the methods described below, from the corresponding starting materials.
The compounds of formulae (IV) and (VI) are known or can be synthesized in solution using appropriate protecting groups or on the solid phase by known peptide synthesis methods, or by the methods described below, from the corresponding starting materials.
The preparation of the compounds of the invention can be illustrated by the following synthesis schemes.
The compounds of the invention show a valuable range of pharmacological effects which could not have been predicted. They show an antibacterial effect.
They are therefore suitable for use as medicaments for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases in humans and animals.
The compounds of the invention are distinguished by a lower nephrotoxicity compared with lysobactin.
The compounds of the invention are distinguished by an improved stability in aqueous neutral to basic medium. This property improves the storage of the compounds of the invention and the administration as medicaments.
The described nonadepsipeptides act as inhibitors of the bacterial cell wall biosynthesis.
The preparations of the invention are particularly effective against bacteria and bacteroid microorganisms. They are therefore particularly suitable for the prophylaxis and chemotherapy of local and systemic infections caused by these pathogens in human and veterinary medicine.
The preparations of the invention can in principle be used against all bacteria and bacteroid microorganisms possessing a bacterial cell wall (murein sacculus) and the relevant enzyme systems, for example against the following pathogens or mixtures of the following pathogens:
Gram-negative cocci (Neisseria gonorrhoeae) as well as Gram-negative rods such as enterobacteriaceae, e.g. Escherichia coli, Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas, Klebsiella, Citrobacter (C. freundii, C. divernis), Salmonella and Shigella; furthermore Enterobacter (E. aerogenes, E. agglomerans), Hafnia, Serratia (S. marcescens), Providencia, Yersinia, as well as the genus Acinetobacter, Branhamella and Chlamydia. The antibacterial range additionally includes strictly anaerobic bacteria such as, for example, Bacteroides fragilis, representatives of the genus Peptococcus, Peptostreptococcus, as well as the genus Clostridium; furthermore mycobacteria, e.g. M. tuberculosis. The compounds of the invention show a particularly pronounced effect on Gram-positive cocci, e.g. staphylococci (S. aureus, S. epidermidis, S. haemolyticus, S. carnosus), enterococci (E. faecalis, E. faecium) and streptococci (S. agalactiae, S. pneumoniae, S. pyogenes).
The above list of pathogens is merely by way of example and is by no means to be interpreted restrictively. Examples which may be mentioned of diseases which can be caused by the pathogens mentioned or mixed infections and can be prevented, improved or healed by the preparations of the invention are:
Infectious diseases in humans such as, for example, uncomplicated and complicated urinary tract infections, uncomplicated cutaneous and superficial infections, complicated cutaneous and soft tissue infections, hospital- and community-acquired pneumonia, nosocomial pneumonias, acute exacerbations and secondary bacterial infections of chronic bronchitis, acute otitis media, acute sinusitis, streptococcal pharyngitis, bacterial meningitis, uncomplicated gonococcal and non-gonococcal urethritis/cervicitis, acute prostatitis, endocarditis, uncomplicated and complicated intra-abdominal infections, gynecological infections, pelvic inflammatory disease, bacterial vaginosis, acute and chronic osteomyelitis, acute bacterial arthritis, empirical therapy in febrile neutropenic patients, furthermore bacteremias, MRSA infections, acute infectious diarrhea, Helicobacter pylori infections, postoperative infections, odontogenic infections, opthalmological infections, postoperative infections (including periproctal abscess, wound infections, biliary infections, mastitis and acute appendicitis), cystic fibrosis and bronchiectasis.
Apart from humans, bacterial infections can also be treated in other species. Examples which may be mentioned are:
Pigs: diarrhea, enterotoxemia, sepsis, dysentery, salmonellosis, metritis-mastitis-agalactiae syndrome, mastitis;
Ruminants (cattle, sheep, goats): diarrhea, sepsis, bronchopneumonia, salmonellosis, pasteurellosis, genital infections;
Horses: bronchopneumonias, joint ill, puerperal and postpuerperal infections, salmonellosis;
Dogs and cats: bronchopneumonia, diarrhea, dermatitis, otitis, urinary tract infections, prostatitis;
Poultry (hens, turkeys, quail, pigeons, ornamental birds and others): E. coli infections, chronic airway disorders, salmonellosis, pasteurellosis, psittacosis.
It is likewise possible to treat bacterial diseases in the rearing and management of productive and ornamental fish, in which case the antibacterial spectrum is extended beyond the pathogens mentioned above to further pathogens such as, for example, Pasteurella, Brucella, Campylobacter, Listeria, Erysipelothris, corynebacteria, Borellia, Treponema, Nocardia, Rikettsia, Yersinia.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, in particular of bacterial infectious diseases.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, especially of the aforementioned diseases.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, especially of the aforementioned diseases.
The compounds of the invention are preferably used for the manufacture of medicaments suitable for the prophylaxis and/or treatment of bacterial diseases.
The present invention further relates to a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, especially of the aforementioned diseases, using an antibacterially effective amount of the compounds of the invention.
The present invention further relates to medicaments comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one or more further active ingredients, in particular for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of the aforementioned diseases. Preferred active ingredients for combination are compounds having an antibacterial activity and having a different range of effects, in particular a supplementary range of effects, and/or being synergistic to the compounds of the invention.
The compounds of the invention can act systemically and/or locally. For this purpose, they can be administered in a suitable way such as, for example, orally, parenterally, pulmonarily, nasally, sublingually, lingually, buccally, rectally, dermally, transdermally, conjunctivally or otically, or as an implant or stent.
For these administration routes the compounds of the invention can be administered in suitable administration forms.
Suitable for oral administration are administration forms which function according to the prior art and deliver the compounds of the invention rapidly and/or in modified fashion, and which contain the compounds of the invention in crystalline and/or amorphized and/or dissolved form, such as, for example, tablets (uncoated or coated tablets, for example having enteric coatings or coatings which dissolve with a delay or are insoluble and control the release of the compound of the invention), tablets or films/wafers which disintegrate rapidly in the oral cavity, films/lyophilizates, capsules (for example hard or soft gelatin capsules), sugar-coated tablets, granules, pellets, powders, emulsions, suspensions, aerosols or solutions.
Parenteral administration can take place with avoidance of an absorption step (e.g. intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intraspinal or intralumbar) or with inclusion of an absorption (e.g. intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracutaneous, percutaneous or intraperitoneal). Administration forms suitable for parenteral administration are, inter alia, preparations for injection and infusion in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lyophilizates or sterile powders.
Suitable for the other administration routes are, for example, pharmaceutical forms for inhalation (inter alia powder inhalers, nebulizers), nasal drops, solutions, sprays; tablets, films/wafers or capsules, for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration, suppositories, preparations for the ears or eyes, vaginal capsules, aqueous suspensions (lotions, shaking mixtures), lipophilic suspensions, ointments, creams, transdermal therapeutic systems (such as, for example, patches), milk, pastes, foams, dusting powders, implants or stents.
The compounds of the invention can be converted into the stated administration forms. This can take place in a manner known per se by mixing with inert, nontoxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients. These excipients include, inter alia, carriers (for example microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol), solvents (e.g. liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers and dispersants or wetting agents (for example sodium dodecyl sulfate, polyoxysorbitan oleate), binders (for example polyvinylpyrrolidone), synthetic and natural polymers (for example albumin), stabilizers (e.g. antioxidants such as, for example, ascorbic acid), colors (e.g. inorganic pigments such as, for example, iron oxides) and taste and/or odor corrigents.
The present invention further relates to medicaments which comprise at least one compound of the invention, usually together with one or more inert, nontoxic, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and to the use thereof for the aforementioned purposes.
It has generally proved advantageous to administer on intravenous administration amounts of about 0.001 to 100 mg/kg, preferably about 0.1 to 10 mg/kg, of body weight to achieve effective results, and on oral administration the dosage is about 0.01 to 50 mg/kg, preferably 0.5 to 10 mg/kg, of body weight.
It may nevertheless be necessary where appropriate to deviate from the stated amounts, in particular as a function of body weight, route of administration, individual response to the active ingredient, nature of the preparation and time or interval over which the administration takes place. Thus, it may be sufficient in some cases to make do with less than the aforementioned minimum amount, whereas in other cases the stated upper limit must be exceeded. It may in the event of an administration of larger amounts be advisable to divide these into a plurality of individual doses over the day.
The percentage data in the following tests and examples are, unless indicated otherwise, percentages by weight; parts are parts by weight. Solvent ratios, dilution ratios and concentration data for the liquid/liquid solutions are in each case based on volume.
The appended drawings show stability diagrams for selected exemplary compounds, and lysobactin as comparative example. These show:
Concerning the nomenclature of peptides and cyclodepsipeptides, compare:
Method 1: HPLC instrument type: HP 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2μ Hydro-RP Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min. 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 2: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050 Series; UV DAD; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2μ Max-RP Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min. 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 3: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050/1100 Series; UV DAD 1100 Series; column: Kromasil C18, 60×2.1 mm, 3.5 μm; eluent A: water/0.5% perchloric acid, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-0.5 min 2% B, 0.5-4.5 min 2-90% B, 4.5-6.5 min 90% B, 6.5-6.7 min 90-2% B, 6.7-7.5 min 2% B; flow rate: 0.75 ml/min, oven: 30° C., UV detection 210 nm.
Method 4: Instrument: HP 1100 with DAD detection; column: Kromasil 100 RP-18, 60 mm×2.1 mm, 3.5 μm; eluent A: 5 ml of perchloric acid (70%)/l of water, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0 min 2% B, 0.5 min 2% B, 4.5 min 90% B, 9 min 90% B, 9.2 min. 2% B, 10 min 2% B; flow rate: 0.75 ml/min; column temp.: 30° C.; detection: UV 210 nm.
Method 5: Instrument: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), solvent degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6×150×5 mm; column temperature: 30° C.; eluent A: 0.05% 70% perchloric acid in water; eluent B: acetonitrile; flow rate: 2.00 ml/min; gradient: 0-1 min 10% B, ramp, 4-5 min 90% B, ramp, 5.5 min 10% B.
Method 6: Instrument: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), solvent degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6×150×5 mm; column temperature: 30° C.; eluent A: 0.01% TFA in water; eluent B: 0.01% TFA in acetonitrile; flow rate: 2.00 ml/min; gradient: 0-1 min 10% B, ramp, 4-5 min 90% B, ramp, 5.5 min 10% B.
Method 7: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Synergi 4□ Hydro-RP 80A, 4.6×150×5 mm; oven temperature: 30° C.; eluent A: water+0.05% 70% perchloric acid; eluent B: acetonitrile; flow rate: 2.00 ml/min; gradient: 0-1 min 10% B, ramp, 4-5 min 90% B, ramp, 5.5 min 10% B.
Method 8: Instrument: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), solvent degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Agilent Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6×150×5 mm; column temperature: 40° C.; eluent A: 0.05% 70% perchloric acid in water; eluent B: methanol; flow rate: 2.00 ml/min; isocratic: 0-7 min 55% B.
Method 9: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050 Series; UV DAD; column: Zorbax 300 mSB-C18 3.5μ, 4.6 mm×150 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.1% TFA, eluent B: 400 ml of acetonitrile/600 ml of water+0.1% TFA; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A, 1.3 min 10% B, 18.0 min 80% B, 20.0 min 80% B, 21.0 min 100% B, 25.0 min 100% B, 26.0 min 0% B, 30.0 min 0% B. Flow rate: 1 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 10: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050 Series; UV DAD; column: Zorbax 300 mSB-C18 3.5μ, 4.6 mm×150 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A, 15.0 min 100% B, 17.0 min 100% B, 18.0 min 100% A. Flow rate: 1 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 11: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050 Series; UV DAD; column: Zorbax 300 mSB-C18 3.5μ, 4.6 mm×150 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.1% TFA, eluent B: 400 ml of acetonitrile/600 ml of water+0.1% TFA; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A, 2.0 min 10% B, 50.0 min 80% B, 52.0 min 100% B, 55.0 min 100% A, 60.0 min 100% A. Flow rate: 1 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 12: HPLC instrument type: HP 1050 Series; column SymmetryPrep™C18, Waters, 50×2.1 mm, 3.5 μm; eluent A: water/0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 0% B, 3.01-9 min 100% B, 9.01-11 min 100% B, 11.01-12 min 0-100% A; oven: 40° C.; flow rate: 0.4 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 13: HPLC instrument type: HP 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Chromolith Speed ROD RP18; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0-0.5 min 95% A, 0.51-3.0 min 5-95% B, 3.01-3.80 min 95% A; flow rate: 5 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 14: column (steel column, dimensions 250×4.6 mm); stationary phase (chiral silica/polyamide composite KBD 5326, based on the selector poly(N-methacryolyl-L-leucine dicyclopropylmethylamide); eluent: ethyl acetate, isocratic; flow rate: 1 ml/min; temperature: 25° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: injection of 10 μl.
Method 15: stationary phase (Chiralcel OD); eluent: 1-hexane/1-PrOH: 9/1, isocratic; flow rate: 2 ml/min; temperature: 25° C.; UV detection: 254 nm.
Method 16: HPLC instrument type: HP 1100 Series; column: Chiralpack AD-H 250 mm×4.6 mm; eluent A: isohexane, eluent B: ethanol+0.2% TFA+1% H2O; isocratic; flow rate: 1 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 230 nm.
Method 17: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H 5 μm 250 mm×4.6 mm, hexane/2-propanol/methanol 85/6/9, flow rate: 2.0 ml/min, UV detection at 254 nm.
Method 18: MS instrument type: Micromass ZQ; HPLC instrument type: Waters Alliance 2795/HP 1100; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2μ Hydro-RP Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 19: MS instrument type: Micromass ZQ; HPLC instrument type: Waters Alliance 2795/HP 1100; column: Phenomenex Gemini 3μ C-18 100 Å, 30 mm×3 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 20: UV detection: 210 nm. MS instrument type: Micromass ZQ; HPLC instrument type: Waters Alliance 2795; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2μ Hydro-RP Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml 50% of formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 21: Instrument: Micromass Quattro LCZ with HPLC Agilent Series 1100; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2μ Hydro-RP Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min, 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 208-400 nm.
Method 22: Instrument: Micromass Platform LCZ with HPLC Agilent Series 1100; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3μ 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→0.2 min 100% A→2.9 min 30% A→3.1 min 10% A→5.5 min 10% A; oven: 50° C.; flow rate: 0.8 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 23: MS instrument type: Micromass LCT (ESI pos./neg.); HPLC instrument type: HP 1100 Series; UV DAD 1100 Series; column SymmetryPrep™C18, Waters, 50×2.1 mm, 3.5 μm; eluent A: water/0.1% formic acid, eluent B: acetonitrile/0.1% formic acid; gradient: 0-1 min 0% B, 1-6 min 0-90% B, 6-8 min 90-100% B, 8-10 min 100% B, 10-10.1 min 100-0% B, 10.1-12 min 0% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column. Oven: 40° C., flow rate: 0.5 ml/min (briefly up to 1 ml/min at 10.1 min), UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 24: TOF-HR-MS-ESI+ spectra are recorded with a Micromass LCT instrument (capillary voltage: 3.2 KV, cone voltage: 42 V, source temperature: 120° C., desolvation temperature: 280° C.). A syringe pump (Harvard Apparatus) is used for the sample delivery for this purpose. Leucine-encephalin (Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu) is used as standard.
Method 25: The MALDI-MS/MS investigations are carried out on a 4700 Proteomics Analyzer (Applied Biosystems, Framingham, Mass., USA) which is equipped with TOF/TOF ion optics and a 200 Hz Nd:YAG laser (355 nm). The quasi molecular ions are accelerated in the ion source with 8 kV, selected with an electric deflector (MS1), and collided with argon atoms in a collision cell which is arranged between MS1 and MS2. The resulting fragment ions are accelerated again with 15 kV and characterized with the second time of flight mass analyzer (MS2).
Method 26: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Nucleodur C18 Gravity, Macherey-Nagel, 5 μm; 250×21 mm; eluent A: water/0.05%-0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-8 min 5% B, 8-40 min 5-60% B, 40-60 min 60% B, 60-75 min 60-100% B, 75-80 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 7-15 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 27: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Nucleodur C18 Gravity, Macherey-Nagel, 5 μm; 250×21 mm; eluent A: water/0.05%-0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-8 min 5% B, 8-40 min 5-60% B, 40-60 min 60% B, 60-75 min 60-100% B, 75-80 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 7-15 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 28: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Nucleodur C18 Gravity, Macherey-Nagel, 5 μm; 250×40 mm; eluent A: water/0.05-0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile/0.05-0.1% TFA; gradient: 0-10 min 10% B, 10-24 min 10-30% B, 24-28 min 30-50% B, 28-35 min 50% B, 35-45 min 50-60% B, 45-53 min 60-70% B, 53-60 min 60-90% B, 60-70 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 15-45 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 29: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Nucleodur C18 Gravity, Macherey-Nagel, 5 μm; 250×21 mm; eluent A: water/0.2% acetic acid, eluent B: acetonitrile/0.2% acetic acid; gradient: 0-10 min 10% B, 10-24 min 10-30% B, 24-28 min 30-50% B, 28-35 min 50% B, 35-45 min 50-60% B, 45-53 min 60-70% B, 53-60 min 60-90% B, 60-70 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 7-15 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 30: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Nucleodur C18 Gravity, Macherey-Nagel, 5 μm; 250×40 mm; eluent A: water/0.2% acetic acid, eluent B: acetonitrile/0.2% acetic acid; gradient: 0-10 min 10% B, 10-24 min 10-30% B, 24-28 min 30-50% B, 28-35 min 50% B, 35-45 min 50-60% B, 45-53 min 60-70% B, 53-60 min 60-90% B, 60-70 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 15-45 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 31: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Kromasil-100A C18, 5 μm; 250×30 mm; eluent A: water/0.25% acetic acid, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-3 min 5% B, 3-30 min 5-100% B, 30-38 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 25 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 32: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Kromasil-100A C18, 5 μm; 250×30 mm; eluent A: water/0.05-0.5% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-min 5% B, 5.01-10 min 10% B, 10.01-20 min 40% B, 20.01-27 min 50% B, 27.01-40 min 60% B, 40.01-45 min 90% B, 45.01-60 min 100% B; flow rate: 15-60 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 33: Gilson Abimed HPLC; UV detector 210 nm; column: Kromasil RP-18 5 μm, 100 Å, 250×20 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; 0-3 min 10% B, ramp, 30-38 min 90% B, 38-45 min 10% B.
Method 34: Gilson Abimed HPLC; UV detector 210 nm; column: Gromsil ODS-4HE 10 μm, 250×40 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 20 ml/min; 0-3 min 10% B, ramp, 30-35 min 90% B, 35-40 min 90% B.
Method 35: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Waters Symmetry-Prep™ C18, 7 μm, 300×19 mm; eluent A: water/0.2% glacial acetic acid, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-8 min 5% B, 8-25 min 5-100% B, 25.01-40 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 15 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 36: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; binary pump system; column: Waters Symmetry-Prep™ C18, 7 μm, 300×19 mm; eluent A: water/0.1% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-5 min 5% B, 5.01-32 min 5-100% B, 32.01-35 min 100% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column; flow rate: 15 ml/min; UV detector 210 nm.
Method 37: column: Kromasil-100 C18, 5 μm; 250×20 mm; eluent: 25% water+0.2 TFA/75% acetonitrile; isocratic; 0-8.5 min; flow rate: 25 ml/min; UV detector 220 nm; temperature 30° C.
Method 38: column (steel column, dimensions 250×30 mm); stationary phase (chiral silica/polyamide composite KBD 5326, based on the selector poly(N-methacryolyl-L-leucine dicyclopropylmethylamide); eluent ethyl acetate, isocratic; flow rate: 25 ml/min; temperature: 24° C.; UV detection: 225 nm; sample: repetitive injection of 2000 μl.
Method 39: column (steel column, dimensions 430×75 mm); stationary phase (chiral silica/polyamide based on the selector poly(N-methacryloyl-D-leucine dicyclopropylmethylamide); eluent isohexane (80%)/THF (20%), isocratic; flow rate: 200 ml/min; temperature: 24° C.; UV detection: 254 nm; sample: repetitive injection of 10000 μl.
Method 40: column (steel column, dimensions 250×20 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm); eluent: isohexane (70%)/2-propanol+0.2% acetic acid+1% water (30%), isocratic; flow rate: 15 ml/min; temperature: 29° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: repetitive injection of 750 μl.
Method 41: Gilson Abimed HPLC; column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H 5 μm; 250×20 mm; eluent A: isohexane, eluent B: 0.2% acetic acid/1% water/2-propanol; isocratic; flow rate: 15 ml/min; UV-detector 212 nm
Method 42: column (steel column, dimensions 500×40 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD 20 μm), isohexane/isopropanol/methanol 95/2/3, flow rate: 100 ml/min, UV detection: 230 nm.
Method 43: Instrument: Gilson Abimed HPLC; UV detector 210 nm; binary pump system; column: SymmetryPrep™C18, Waters, 7 μm; 300 mm×19 mm; flow rate: 25 ml/min; eluent A: water/0.2% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-10 min 15-65% B, then regeneration of the chromatography column.
Method 44: Gilson Abimed HPLC; UV detector 210 nm; column: Waters Symmetry-Prep™ C-18, 7 μm, 300×19 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; 0-3 min 10% B, ramp, 30-38 min 90% B, 38-45 min 10% B.
Method 45: Gel chromatography is carried out without pressure on Sephadex LH-20 (Pharmacia). Fractions are taken according to UV activity (UV detector for 254 nm, Knauer) (ISCO Foxy 200 fraction collector). Column dimensions: 32×7 cm (1000-100 μmol scale); 30×4 cm (100-10 μmol scale); 25×2 cm (10-1 μmol scale). Methanol is used as eluent.
Method 46: Gilson Abimed HPLC; UV detector 210 nm; column: Biotage Flash40 RP-18 or compatible module Varian Metaflash C18 40M, 35 μm, 150×40 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 40 ml/min; 0-3 min 10% B, ramp, 30-38 min 90% B, 38-45 min 10% B.
Method 47: Preparative separation of the chymotrypsin cleavage of fragments 1-3 and 4-11 of dihydrolysobactin by reversed phase chromatography. Column: Source 15-RPC (GE-HealthCare), diameter 5 cm, length 12 cm, volume 235 ml. Eluent A: 0.1% acetic acid in water. Eluent B: 0.1% acetic acid in methanol. Flow rate: 30 ml/min. UV detection: 215 nm, 280 nm. Loading: about 6-7 mg total protein/ml resin. Sample loading: The column is equilibrated with eluent A, the 0.2 μm-filtered cleavage mixture solution is put on and the column is washed with eluent A. Elution: 0-45% in about 18 column volumes, subsequent washing with about 1.3 column volumes of 100% B.
Fractionation: 50 ml fractions are collected from the start of the elution. CIP: Column is washed with 2 column volumes of a 1 N sodium hydroxide solution at a reduced flow rate (5 ml/min).
Method 48: The amino acid analyses are carried out using an LC 3000 amino acid analyzer from Eppendorf/Biotronik. A slightly modified standard Eppendorf/Biotronik separation program is used. The separation programs and the function of the analyzer are described in detail in the handbook for the instrument (Handbuch des Aminosaurenanalysators LC 3000, Wissenschaftliche Gerate GmbH Biotronik, Maintal, 1996).
Method 49: Capillary electrophoresis allows peptides and proteins to be separated on the basis of their charge in the electric field. The quality of the separation thereby depends on the buffer, the pH, the temperature and the additives used. The capillaries employed are so-called fused silica columns with an internal diameter of 50-100 μm. This method is a very good criterion for assessing the purity of a peptide and for monitoring the formation of enzymatic cleavage products. The peptides dihydrolysobactin and octahydrolysobactin elute at about 21 min, fragment 4-11 at about 18 min, 1-3 (LLF) at about 24 min, 1-3 (LLA(3-cyclohexyl)) at about 22 min, the deamidated forms as a double peak at about 30 min (1-11) and 24 min (4-11) from the capillary column. The large increase in the deamidated products after 24 h in the buffer is clearly seen. About 4 ng of the enzymatic cleavage products or of the starting compounds dihydrolysobactin and octahydrolysobactin or of the mixture are investigated by capillary electrophoresis on a glass column (length 72 cm, internal diameter 50 μm). Conditions: current 90 μA, column temperature 25° C., 100 mM phosphate buffer of pH 3.0, UV detection 210 nm, loading under pressure in 3 seconds.
Method 50: 3 nmol of fragments dissolved in 60% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA are loaded onto a sequencer sheet preincubated with Polybren®. The proteins are sequenced using the normal sequencer cycle. The PTH-amino acids are identified by means of online HPLC with the aid of a 40 pmol PTH standard. The non-proteinogenic amino acids are identified by their position relative to the standard amino acids. The purity of the peptides is estimated via the amino acid of the 1st PTH cycle. The various peptides are sequenced over 4 to 12 stages.
Method 51: Instrument: Micromass Quattro LCZ with HPLC Agilent Series 1100; column: Phenomenex Onyx Monolithic C18, 100 mm×3 mm. Eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2 min 65% A→4.5 min 5% A→6 min 5% A; flow rate: 2 ml/min; oven: 40° C.; UV detection: 208-400 nm.
Method 52: MS instrument type: Micromass ZQ; HPLC instrument type: Waters Alliance 2795; column: Phenomenex Synergi 2.5μ MAX-RP 100A Mercury 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l of water+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid, eluent B: 1 l of acetonitrile+0.5 ml of 50% formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→0.1 min 90% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.0 min 5% A→4.01 min 90% A; flow rate: 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
Method 53: Instrument: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), solvent degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6×150×5 mm; column temperature: 30° C.; eluent A: 0.01% TFA in water; eluent B: 0.01% TFA in acetonitrile; flow rate: 2.00 ml/min; gradient: 0-1 min 10% B, ramp, 10-14 min 90%, reconditioning.
Method 54: Instrument: Agilent 1100 with DAD (G1315B), binary pump (G1312A), autosampler (G1313A), solvent degasser (G1379A) and column thermostat (G1316A); column: Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C8 4.6×150×5 mm; column temperature: 30° C.; eluent A: 0.01% TFA in water; eluent B: 0.01% TFA in acetonitrile; flow rate: 1.40 ml/min; gradient: 0 min 10% B, ramp, 2.5-5 min 90%, reconditioning.
Method 55: Column (steel column, dimensions 250×20 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm); eluent: isohexane (90%)/ethanol+0.2% AcOH+1% H2O (10%), isocratic; flow rate: 15 ml/min; temperature: 30° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: repetitive injection of 500 μl.
Method 56: Column (steel column, dimensions 250×4.6 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm); eluent: isohexane (90%)/ethanol+0.2% AcOH+1% H2O (10%), isocratic; flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; temperature: 30° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: injection of 10 μl.
Method 57: Column: column: Kromasil 100 C18, 60×2.1 mm 3.5 μm, column oven 30° C., flow rate: 0.75 ml/min, detector: 210 nm, running time: 15 min; eluent A: water with 5 ml of HClO4/liter of water), eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0-1 min 2% B, ramp, 9-13 min, 98% B, reconditioning.
Method 58: (Chiral preparative HPLC, Chiralpak AD-H 40-60); column (steel column, dimensions 250×20 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm); eluent: isohexane (40%)/ethanol+0.2% AcOH+1% H2O (60%), isocratic; flow rate: 15 ml/min; temperature: 30° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: repetitive injection of 500 μl.
Method 59: (Chiral analytical HPLC, Chiralpak AD-H 40-60); column (steel column, dimensions 250×4.6 mm); stationary phase (Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm); eluent: isohexane (40%)/ethanol+0.2% AcOH+1% H2O (60%), isocratic; flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; temperature: 30° C.; UV detection: 220 nm; sample: injection of 10 μl.
Procedure 1 (removal of Boc protecting groups with TFA): The Boc-protected compound is suspended in dichloromethane (⅕- 1/10 of the reaction solution) and subsequently, under an argon protective gas atmosphere, 30% TFA in dichloromethane (approx. 1 ml/10 mg of starting material on the 100-1 millimolar scale, approx. 1 ml/1 mg on the 100-1 micromolar scale) is added, and the mixture is stirred at RT until the HPLC chromatogram shows complete conversion (e.g. method 1). The solvent is then distilled off in vacuo, during which the bath temperature should not exceed 30° C. The crude product is suspended in toluene, concentrated again on a rotary evaporator, and dried under high vacuum. This procedure is repeated several times (two to five times). If the purity of the product is insufficient, it is purified where appropriate by chromatography, e.g. by preparative HPLC or by gel chromatography.
Procedure 2 (removal of the Boc protecting group with 30% TFA in dichloromethane): The starting material is taken up in 30% TFA (solution in dichloromethane) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The solvent is then distilled off in vacuo, during which the bath temperature should not exceed 30° C. The product is then dried to constant weight under oil pump vacuum.
Procedure 3 (removal of the Boc protecting group with 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane): The N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-protected compound (1 mmol) is provided in dioxane (2-3 ml) under an argon protective gas atmosphere. At RT or while cooling in ice and while stirring vigorously, 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane (30 ml) is added dropwise. Stirring is continued until analytical HPLC (Method 1) indicates complete conversion (about 30 min to 2 h). The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo at RT. The crude product is taken up in a little dichloromethane and again freed of solvent in vacuo. This procedure is repeated several times with toluene (twice) and with dichloromethane (twice). Finally the crude product is lyophilized or immediately reacted further after drying under high vacuum. If the purity of the product is insufficient, it is purified where appropriate by chromatography, e.g. by preparative HPLC or by gel chromatography.
Procedure 4 (hydrogenolytic ester cleavage 1): The peptidic benzyl ester is dissolved in methanol or dioxane (about 3·10−4-2·10−3 mol/l), subsequently aqueous 0.1% TFA or 0.1N hydrochloric acid (6-10 eq.) is added, and, under an argon protective gas atmosphere, 10% palladium-carbon (10 mol %) is added. Hydrogenation is carried out at RT under atmospheric pressure until the analytical HPLC (e.g. method 1) indicates complete conversion. The reaction mixture is filtered (e.g. through kieselguhr, Celite®), concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. If the purity of the product is insufficient, it is purified where appropriate by chromatography, e.g. by preparative HPLC or by gel chromatography.
Procedure 5 (hydrogenolytic ester cleavage 2): The peptidic benzyl ester is dissolved in methanol (about 3·10−4-2·10−3 mol/l) and, under an argon protective gas atmosphere, 10% palladium-carbon (2-10 mol %) is added. Hydrogenation is carried out at RT under atmospheric pressure until analytical HPLC (e.g. method 1) indicates complete conversion. The reaction mixture is filtered (e.g. through kieselguhr, Celite®), concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. If the purity of the product is insufficient, it is purified where appropriate by chromatography, e.g. by preparative HPLC or by gel chromatography.
Procedure 6 (hydrolytic ester cleavage, hydrolysis): The carboxylic ester (3 mmol) is provided under an argon protective gas atmosphere in THF/water/DMF 200/100/2.5 (20 ml). At 0° C., while controlling the temperature strictly, powdered lithium hydroxide (3.6 mmol, 1.2 eq.) is added in portions to the vigorously stirred solution. If conversion is observed not to be complete after 2 h by analytical HPLC (method 13), solid lithium hydroxide is again added (3.3 mmol, 1.1 eq.). This procedure is repeated until conversion is complete, after which the reaction mixture is adjusted to pH 3-4 at 0° C. using 0.1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, concentrated in vacuo and subsequently freeze dried. The crude product can then be gel chromatographed (e.g. method 45) and/or fine purified by preparative HPLC (e.g. method 31).
Procedure 7 (peptide coupling on a resin): The Fmoc-protected amino acid bound to chlorotrityl resin is mixed with a 20% piperidine solution in DMF and shaken for 30 min. The solution is then filtered off with suction through a frit, piperidine solution is again added, and shaking is continued for a further 30 min. The solution is filtered off with suction, and the resin is washed with DMF, methanol, THF and dichloromethane.
The deprotected polymer is suspended in DMF (1 ml of solvent per 100 mg of resin) and the Fmoc-protected amino acid (1.3-2.0 eq.), DIEA (2.0-3.0 eq.) and TBTU (1.5-2.0 eq.) dissolved in DMF are added. The resin is shaken at RT overnight. For the work up, the polymer is collected by suction filtration on a frit and subsequently washed with DMF, THF and dichloromethane.
After a sample removal in acetic acid/trifluoroethanol/dichloromethane 1:1:3, the obtained peptide can be confirmed by analysis.
Procedure 8 (automated solid-phase synthesis on a Chemspeed robot):
Instrument:
Chemspeed ASW 2000, equipped with 75 ml reactors and direct filtration with suction into the solvent waste. Mixing by vortexing.
Amino acids with an N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] protecting group (Fmoc group) at the N2 position are employed.
In addition to the Fmoc protecting group at the N2 position, a further protecting group is used in the side chain of the following amino acids: arginine and D-arginine each carry a [(2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)sulfonyl group (PMC group) on the guanidine function; serine and threonine are side-chain protected as O3-tert-butylserine and -threonine, respectively. The amino groups in the side chains of lysine, ornithine, 2,4-diaminobutyric acid and 2,3-diaminobutyric acid are protected with benzyloxycarbonyl groups (Cbz groups).
1.7 g of 2-chlorotrityl chloride-resin (Iris Biotech, CAS No 42074-68-0) (preloaded with an α-Fmoc-protected amino acid, 0.85 mmol/g) were provided dry in each reactor, 17 ml of DMF are added and the mixture is shaken for 30 min. The DMF is removed by suction filtration.
In order to synthesize the described octapeptides 7 deprotection-coupling cycles are carried out, each of which consists of the following steps:
After the last reaction step, the product resins which have been collected by suction filtration are transferred with 10 ml of dichloromethane to a filter, collected by filtration and washed twice with 5 ml of dichloromethane each time.
Procedure 9 (removal with complete deprotection): The resin with the peptide is mixed in a reaction vessel with a frit base with 50% TFA in DCM (20 ml of the solution for a mixture of the size described in procedure 8), triisopropylsilane (100 μl) and water (100 μl) are added and the mixture is shaken at room temperature overnight. The dark solution is then removed by suction filtration, the resin is washed with 4 portions of DCM, shaken for 2 min each time, and again collected by suction filtration. The filtrates are combined and the solvent is distilled off. The residue is stirred with MTBE, collected by suction filtration and taken up in methanol. Finally, the methanol is distilled off in vacuo.
Procedure 10 (coupling with bridgehead active ester): The octapeptide and the active ester (compound 17A or compound 277A (1.1 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (20-40 μl/μmol of octapeptide) at 0° C., and DIEA (4-5 eq.) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred further at room temperature for between 90 min and 2 h. The mixture is taken up in acetonitrile and purified by chromatography. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized.
Procedure 11 (cyclization): The starting compound is dissolved in DMF (about 50 μl/μmol) and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (6 equivalents) and HATU (3 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The workup takes place directly by loading the complete reaction mixture and separating according to method 45 or one of the HPLC methods mentioned. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized or concentrated on a rotary evaporator.
Procedure 12 (removal of the Fmoc group using piperidine): The peptide is mixed at 0° C. with a mixture of THF and piperidine (4+1, approx. 20 μl/μmol). The mixture is subsequently stirred at this temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture is purified directly according to method 45, and product-containing fractions are combined and concentrated.
Procedure 13 (peptide coupling using HATU in the liquid phase): A cyclic peptide with an unprotected N terminus (e.g. exemplary compound 407, 408, 409, etc.) and a dipeptide (for example compound 8A, 10A, etc.) (1.5 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (about 30-80 μl/μmol of cyclopeptide) and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (4 equivalents) and HATU (1.6 equivalents) are added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction is then stopped with 3 ml of methanol and purified by chromatography according to method 45. Product-containing fractions are combined and concentrated.
The preparation of lysobactin bistrifluoroacetate by fermentation and its isolation is described in WO 2004/099239. Lysobactin bistrifluoroacetate (20 g, 13.29 mmol) is dissolved in two portions of isopropanol/water 9:2 (110 ml each). Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, palladium on carbon (10%; 5 g in each case) is added. The reaction mixture is (after degassing) stirred under a hydrogen pressure of 80-70 bar and at 40° C. in a pressurized autoclave for 12 h. Palladium on carbon (10%; 5 g) is again added to the reaction. The reaction mixture is (after degassing) again stirred under a hydrogen pressure of 80-70 bar and at 40° C. in a pressurized autoclave for 12 h. The reaction mixture is (after degassing) once again stirred under a hydrogen pressure of 80-70 bar and at 40° C. in a pressurized autoclave for 12 h. Now no Lysobactin is detectable any longer by analytical HPLC (method 10). The reaction mixture is filtered through kieselguhr, concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. 20.10 g (99% of theory) of product (60% dihydrolysobactin, 40% octahydrolysobactin) are obtained.
Preparative Chymotrypsin Cleavage of the Dihydro/Octahydrolysobactin Mixture Substrate Concentration 5 mg/ml
20 g of dihydro- (about 40%) and octahydrolysobactin (about 60%) are dissolved in 400 ml of methanol and then 3400 ml of cleavage buffer (0.1 M ammonium bicarbonate/0.5 M urea pH 8) are added. Before adding the enzyme, the solution is warmed to 37° C. in a drying oven. 800 mg of chymotrypsin (100 ml of chymotrypsin solution water/ethylene glycol 1:1, 4 mg/ml; 1:25; prewarmed to 37° C.) are added and the reaction is carried out at 37° C. 200 μl aliquots are taken after 0.5, 1 h, and the enzyme cleavage is stopped with 200 μl of 30% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA. The samples are analyzed in parallel to the enzyme cleavage by HPLC within 15 min (retention time of fragment 4-11 about 3.6 min, fragment 1-3 (LLF) about 9.6 min, fragment 1-3 (LLA(3-cyclohexyl)) about 11.3 min) (solvent A 0.1% TFA, solvent B 60% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA, gradient 0 min 30% B, 10 min 80% B, 11 min 100% B, 12 min 30% B, 15 min 30% B; flow rate: 0.7 ml/min, temperature: 40° C., UV detection 210 nm). The enzyme reaction is stopped after 60 min with 150 ml of acetonitrile and about 30 ml of TFA. The pH of the solution should be between 1 and 2. The solution can be stored at −20° C. until the preparative separation.
The activity of the chymotrypsin batch used (70 U/mg) is tested by a control cleavage with the protein interleukin-4 double mutein Arg(121)→Asp(121)/Tyr(124)→Asp(124) (Bayer Healthcare AG, D-Wuppertal).
Preparative purification: 500 ml portions of a solution of the cleavage mixture described above are first filtered through a layer of Celite under vacuum and then through a pressure filter funnel (450 μm with prefilter). The filtrate is loaded onto a Varian Metaflash C-18 40M cartridge. Elution is then carried out with the following program: solvent A: 0.05% TFA in water, solvent B: 0.05% TFA in acetonitrile. Flow rate: 50 ml/min; 0-3 min 5% B; ramp; 30 min 90% B, 33 min. 90% B. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 11.8 g (87% of theory) of the title compound are obtained from the combined product-containing fractions.
Pivalaldehyde (303.2 g, 3.41 mol, 10 eq.) and methyl {[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}-(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (101.5 g, 0.341 mol, 1.0 eq.) are dissolved in THF (800 ml) and cooled to −70° C. At −70° C., TMG (78.7 g, 0.683 mmol, 6.95 ml, 2.0 eq.) is slowly added dropwise and the mixture is then stirred at −70° C. for 4 h and subsequently at RT for 4 days. The reaction mixture is concentrated and then extracted by shaking with ethyl acetate (twice 500 ml) and water, and the combined org. phases are washed with a sat. sodium chloride solution (100 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration the crude product is chromatographed (1.5 kg of silica gel, eluent: cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 5:1). 67 g (76% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
Alternatively, the crude product after the aqueous workup can be purified by crystallization from cyclohexane/ethyl acetate.
Rf (silica gel, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 4:1)=0.5
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.5 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=158 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+, 280 (5) [M+Na]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 1.08 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 1.38 (s, 9H, OC(CH3)3), 3.61 (s, 3H, CO2CH3), 6.40 (s, 1H, NH), 8.14 (s, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 28.46 (3C), 29.53 (3C), 33.28, 52.22, 78.89, 125.62, 147.05, 154.67, 166.25.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C13H23NO4 [M+H]+ found 258.1696, calc. 258.1700.
Methyl (2Z)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4,4-dimethylpent-2-enoate (example 4A, 60 g, 233.2 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol p.a./dioxane 3:1 (1000 ml). An argon protective gas atmosphere is passed through with a needle (˜10 min). The solution is placed in an ultrasonic bath (about 5 min) and (+)-1,2-bis[(2R,5R)-diethylphospholano]benzene(cyclooctadiene)rhodium(
[α]20Na=+5° (c=0.33 in CHCl3).
DCI-MS (NH3): m/z (%)=221 (100), 260 (40) [M+H]+, 277 (100) [M+NH4]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.93 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 1.40 (m, 10H, OC(CH3)3), 1.68 (“d”, J=14.5 Hz, 2H, Hβ), 3.68 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.30 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, Hα), 4.81 (d, br, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3): δ 28.30 (3C, CH2C(CH3)3), 29.52 (3C, OC(CH3)3), 30.61 (CH2C(CH3)3), 46.27 (CβH2), 51.19 (Hα), 52.17 (OCH3), 79.79 (OC(CH3)3), 155.11 (NHCO2), 174.39 (CO2CH3).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C26H51N2O8 calc. 519.3640, found 519.3634 [M+H]+.
N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-3-tert-butyl-
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 3): Rt=4.2 min.
DCI-MS (NH3): m/z (%)=263 (100) [M+NH4]+, 280 (5) [M+N2H7]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=0.96 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 1.42 (m, 10H, OC(CH3)3, Hβ), 1.79 (“d”, J=14.4 Hz, 2H, Hβ), 4.31 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, Hα), 4.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3): δ=28.32 (3C), 29.54 (3C), 30.74, 45.92, 51.24, 80.19, 155.41, 178.93.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C24H47N2O8 calc. 491.3327, found 491.3328 [2M+H]+.
HOBt (3 eq., 39.4 g, 292 mmol), NMM (3 eq., 32.1 ml, 291.8 mmol), N-tert-butoxy-carbonyl-3-tert-butyl-D-alanine (example 6A, 1.0 eq., 97.3 mmol), EDC (2 eq., 37.3 g, 194.6 mmol) and again NMM (2 eq., 21.4 ml, 194.5 mmol) are successively added to a solution of 3-tert-butyl-L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.1 eq., 21 g, 107 mmol) in dichloromethane p.a. (1.4 l) at −20° C. The reaction mixture slowly warms to RT (about 12 h) whereby complete conversion of the amine component is observed by HPLC. The reaction mixture is then washed with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (300 ml), 5% aq. citric acid (500 ml), a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (500 ml) and a sat. sodium chloride solution. The reaction mixture is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The reaction mixture is evaporated to dryness in vacuo and then dried under high vacuum. 36 g (96% of theory) of the title compound are obtained which is reacted without further purification.
[α]20Na=+24° (c=0.10 in CH2Cl2).
DCI-MS (NH3): m/z (%) 387 (40) [M+H]+, 404 (100) [M+NH4]+.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt 2.6 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=287 (100) [M—C5O2H8+H]+, 387 (60) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 0.95 (s, br, 18H, tBu), 1.35 (dd, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H, OtBu), 1.50 (dd, 1H), 1.65 (dd, 1H), 1.95 (dd, br, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.15 (“t”, br, 1H), 4.55 (“t”, br, 1H), 4.80 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, br, 1H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 28.39 (3C, C(CH3)3), 29.49 (3C, C(CH3)3), 29.67 (3C, C(CH3)3), 30.40 (C(CH3)3), 30.44 (C(CH3)3), 44.25, 45.12, 49.56, 52.06, 52.21, 78.17, 154.93, 173.00, 173.35.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C20H39N2O5 [M+H]+ found 387.2860, calc. 387.2859.
The compound of example 7A (36 g, 93.1 mmol) is dissolved in THF p.a. (279 ml). At about 10° C., a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (7.82 g, 186.3 mmol, 2 eq.) in water (187 ml) is slowly added dropwise. When the HPLC chromatogram (method 1) shows complete conversion (about 20 h), the reaction mixture is freed of THF under 200 mbar and then extracted with MTBE (200 ml). The org. phase is diluted with ethyl acetate (500 ml), then mixed with water and subsequently cautiously adjusted to pH 3-4 using 1 N aq. hydrochloric acid. The combined org. phases are washed with sat. brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. 97.4 g (97% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.26 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=373 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 0.83 (s, br, 18H, tBu), 1.31 (s, 9H, OtBu), 1.40 (m, 2H, β-CH2), 1.48 (dd, J=14.1, 9.4 Hz, 1H, β-CH′), 1.59 (dd, J=14.1, 2.7 Hz, 1H, β-CH′), 3.98 (m, 1H, α-CH), 4.12 (m, 1H, α-CH), 6.73 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.72 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, NH), 12.42 (s, br, 1H, CO2H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 28.49 (3C), 29.66 (3C), 29.78 (3C), 30.52, 30.58, 44.63 (β-CH2), 45.24 (β-CH2), 49.67 (α-CH), 52.40 (α-CH), 78.29, 155.05, 172.97, 174.61.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C19H37N2O5 calc. 373.2702, found 373.2717 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 8A (4.5 g, 12.1 mmol) is predissolved in dioxane (3 ml). At RT, a 4 N solution of hydrochloric acid in dioxane (30.2 mmol, 120 mmol, 10 eq.) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred for 30 min, evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The title compound is obtained as a colorless solid (3.5 g, 99% of theory).
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.52 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=273.6 (100) [M+H]+;
ESIneg: m/z=271.5 (100) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ0.85 (s, 9H, tBu), 0.86 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.49 (dd, J=14.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 1.50 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 1.64 (dd, J=14.3, 4.0 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 1.71 (dd, J=14.3, 6.9 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 3.77 (“t”, J=6.5 Hz, 1H, α-CH), 4.14 (m, 1H, α-CH), 8.27 (s, br, 3H), 8.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, NH), 12.58 (s, br, 1H, CO2H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 28.41 (3C), 29.50 (3C), 30.08, 30.38, 44.46, 44.80, 50.03, 50.30, 169.10, 173.98.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C14H29N2O3 calc. 273.2173, found 273.2167 [M+H]+.
The dipeptide (example 9A, 3.73 g, 12.1 mmol) is dissolved in THF (170 ml) under an argon protective gas atmosphere. The addition of water (170 ml), benzyloxycarbonyloxysuccinimide ester (4.52 g, 18.1 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and NMM (4.28 g, 4.23 mmol, 3.5 eq.) at 0° C. is followed by vigorous stirring at RT until all the starting material has reacted (several hours, HPLC monitoring, method 1). The mixture is quenched with glacial acetic acid. The THF is removed in vacuo. The remaining aq. phase is covered with a layer of ethyl acetate, acidified to pH<3 using 4 N hydrochloric acid and then extracted several times with ethyl acetate. The org. phases are washed with a sat. sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting foam is stirred with acetonitrile, whereby a colorless solid forms which is collected by filtration and then washed with a little acetonitrile. This process can be repeated again several times with the filtrate after it has been concentrated. The combined solids are dried under high vacuum, whereby the title compound is obtained as a solid. The remaining mother liquor is concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). The title compound (combined solids and purification product from the HPLC separation) is obtained as a colorless solid (3.49 g, 71% of theory).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 1): Rt=2.6 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.46 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=363 (60), 407 (100) [M+H]+. ESIneg: m/z=297 (100), 405.5 (40) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 0.81 (s, 9H, tBu), 0.83 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.40-1.44 (m, 2H, β-CH2), 1.49 (dd, J=14.3, 9.7 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 1.58 (dd, J=13.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 4.07 (m, 1H, α-CH), 4.13 (m, 1H, α-CH), 4.94 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H, CHHPh), 4.99 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H, CHHPh), 7.25-7.32 (m, 5H, ArH), 7.92 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ29.49 (3C), 29.75 (3C), 30.41, 30.46, 44.52, 45.11, 49.55, 52.73, 65.49, 127.70 (2C), 127.91, 128.48 (2C), 137.31, 155.59, 172.52, 174.50.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C22H34N2O5 calc. 407.2541, found 407.2531 [M+H]+.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, a 1 N solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide (157.5 mmol, 157.5 ml, 2.2 eq.) in THF is provided in the reaction solvent THF (300 ml). At −78° C., a solution of methyl (rac)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropanoate (A. V. Rao Rama, A. K. Singh, Ch. V. N. S. Varaprasad, Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32, 4393-4396) (20 g, 71.2 mmol) is slowly added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at −25° C. for 10 min and then again cooled to −78° C. Dibenzyl azadicarboxylate (34.2 g, 114.6 mmol, 1.6 eq.) is added in one portion to the reaction mixture. The mixture is stirred at −60 to −45° C. for 3 h. In order to stop the reaction, the mixture is again cooled to −78° C., and acetic acid (20.5 ml, 358 mmol, 5 eq.) is added, and the mixture is then warmed to 0° C. and finally to RT. The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo and taken up in ethyl acetate (1000 ml). The suspension is washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, once with water, twice with 5% aq. citric acid and once with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. All the aq. phases are separately re-extracted with ethyl acetate. All the org. phases are evaporated in vacuo and again taken up in dichloromethane (2000 ml), filtered, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered again, evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. 7.2 g (18% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid. The filtrate of the dichloromethane phase (vide supra) is concentrated and then again recrystallized from methanol, whereby 13.2 g (26% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=6.8 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=578 (40) [M+H]+, 1156 (100) [2M+H]+.
MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=576 (100) [M−H]−.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, TMG (50 ml, 399 mmol) is added to a solution of methyl-(2R*,3R*)—N2-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N2-[(benzyloxy)carbonylamino]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalaninate (example 11A, 20.5 g, 35.5 mmol) in dry DMF p.a. (750 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is allowed to thaw and is stirred until the HPLC chromatogram (method 1) indicates complete conversion (about 60% product) (about 12 h), in order to then stop the reaction by adding acetic acid (pH 4-6). The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo at RT and taken up in ethyl acetate. The org. phase is washed twice with water, twice with 5% citric acid, once with water, twice with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, once with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC (method 30) or flash chromatography (silica gel, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 3:1). 7.7 g (37% of theory) of the title compound and 5 g of the starting compound (25% of theory) are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 1): Rt=3.0 min.
LC-MS (Method 10): Rt=3.0 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=478 (100) [M−Boc+H]+, 578 (30) [M+H]+.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=7.0 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=578 (40) [M+H]+, 1156 (100) [2M+H]+.
MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=576 (100) [M−H]−.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, Raney nickel (61 mg, about 10 mol %) is added to a solution of methyl (2S*,3R*)—N2 [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N2-[(benzyloxy)carbonylamino]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalaninate (example 12A, 705 mg, 1.22 mmol) in methanol/dichloromethane 1:1 (42 ml). The reaction mixture is hydrogenated in a pressurized autoclave under a hydrogen pressure of 80 bar and at RT (40 h). The HPLC chromatogram shows complete conversion. The reaction mixture is filtered under an argon protective gas atmosphere through a glass frit, and the glass frit is washed several times with methanol/water/0.2% acetic acid. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. A solid (about 3 g) is obtained which is then suspended in ethyl acetate in an ultrasonic bath. The suspension is mixed with a solution of EDTA (400 mg) in a 7% aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (400 ml). The aq. phase is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml, three times). The combined org. phases are then washed once with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, and twice with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. All the aq. phases are separately re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined org. phases are then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and dried under high vacuum. The product obtained is a solid (1.26 g, quantitative) which is reacted further without fine purification.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 2): Rt=1.7 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=4.1 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=239 (100), 295 (80) [M+H]+.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, NMM (260 mg, 2.6 mmol, 2.1 eq.) is added to a solution of methyl (2S*,3R*)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalaninate (example 13A, 360 mg, 1.2 mmol) and N-benzyloxycarbonyloxysuccinimide ester (610 mg, 2.44 mmol, 2 eq.) in THF (25 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture slowly warms up (12 h), whereby complete conversion is observed by HPLC (method 2). Acetic acid (0.7 ml) is added, and the mixture is subsequently concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC (method 31). 396 mg (76% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 2): Rt=2.7 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=6.4 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=329 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+, 429 (80) [M+H]+, 858 (60) [2M+H]+.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere a solution of methyl (2S*,3R*)-N-[(benzyloxy)-carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalaninate (example 15A, 755 mg, 1.76 mmol) in THF/water 2:1 (30 ml) is provided. At 0° C., while stirring vigorously, a degassed 1% aq. solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (86.5 mg, 3.6 mmol, 2 eq.) is slowly added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at RT until the HPLC chromatogram (method 1) indicates complete conversion (about 1 h). Acetic acid (0.5 ml) is subsequently added, and the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and covered with a layer of ethyl acetate (100 ml). The aq. phase is then acidified using 5% citric acid (pH 2-3) and then extracted three times with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The combined org. phases are washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution (20 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. 750 mg (quantitative) of crude product of the title compound are obtained which is fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 31).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 1): Rt=2.4 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=6.1 min;
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=359 (100), 415 (60) [M+H]+, 829 (60) [2M+H]+.
MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=413 (100) [M−H]−.
The mixture of enantiomers of (2S*,3R*)-N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)amino]phenylalanine (example 15A, 750 mg, 1.8 mmol) is separated by preparative HPLC (method 38). 334 mg (98% ee, 45% of theory) of (2S,3R)—N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalanine (title compound) and 275 mg (98% ee, 37% of theory) (2R,3S)—N-[(benzyloxy)-carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]phenylalanine (further enantiomer) are obtained.
Enantiomer determination by method 14.
[α]20Na=+22° (c=0.50 in chloroform) (title compound).
[α]20Na=20° (c=0.49 in chloroform) (further enantiomer).
The compound of example 16A (2.0 g, 4.83 mmol) is provided in dichloromethane (30 ml), and pentafluorophenol (4.4 g, 24.13 mmol, 5 eq.) and EDC (1.4 g, 7.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.) are added at 0° C. The reaction is slowly brought to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For of the workup, the solvent is completely removed on a rotary evaporator at a maximum bath temperature of 30° C., and after fine purification of the residue by preparative HPLC (method 28) of 2.3 g (83.3% of theory) of product are isolated.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.44 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.23 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=581 (13) [M+H]+, 525 (100) [M—C4H8+H]+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.36 (s, 9H, 3 CH3), 4.97 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H, PhCH2O), 5.15 (dd, J=9.7, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (dd, J=10.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.25-7.42 (m, 8H, ArH), 7.68 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.90 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=27.97, 54.33, 58.72, 65.75, 78.65, 124.10, 126.48, 127.37 127.46, 127.82, 128.23 (2C), 136.40/138.36 (C—F), 136.54, 138.49/140.27 (C—F), 139.34/141.40 (C—F), 154.72, 156.04, 167.10.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C28H26N2O6 [M+H]+ found 581.1719, calc. 581.1706.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere atmosphere, (3R)—N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-L-phenylalanine (example 16A, 100.0 mg, 241.28 μmol) is provided in methylene chloride (10 ml), the solution is cooled to 0° C., N-hydroxysuccinimide (33.3 mg, 289.53 μmol, 1.2 eq.) and EDC (55.5 mg, 289.53 μmol, 1.2 eq.) are added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. overnight. For the workup, the solvent is completely removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and after fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 32) 96.0 mg (77.8% of theory) of product are isolated.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.53 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.58 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=529 (28) [M+NH4]+, 412 (100).
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-protected dipeptide (example 10A, 58.4 mg, 0.14 mmol) is provided in methylene chloride (5 ml), the solution is subsequently cooled to −10° C., and HOBt (77.7 mg, 0.57 mmol, 4 eq.), NMM (47 μl, 43.7 mg, 0.43 mmol, 3 eq.) and EDC (55.1 mg, 0.29 mmol, 2 eq.) are successively added, and finally exemplary compound 13A (94.0 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq.), and NMM 32 μl, 29.1 mg, 0.29 mmol, 2 eq.) are added. The reaction is slowly warmed to RT and stirred at this overnight. For the workup, the precipitate is filtered off, the filtrate is concentrated on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and after fine purification of the residue by preparative HPLC (method 31) 77.9 mg (79.4% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.12 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=7.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=683 (100) [M+H]+, 1366 (75) [2M+2H]2+.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ=0.89 (d, J=4.6, 9H, CH2C(CH3)3), 0.96 (d, J=2.9, 9H, CH2C(CH3)3), 1.23-1.49 (m, 11H: including 1.39 (s, 9H, OC(CH3)3), 1.85 (m, 2H, CH2C(CH3)3), 3.59/3.68 (2s, 3H, OCH3), 4.04 (m, 1H, αCH), 4.41 (m, 1H, αCH), 4.88-5.42 (m, 6H), 5.99 (m, 1H, NH), 6.22 (m, 1H, NH), 7.13-7.42 (m, 10H, ArH).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H55N4O8 calc. 683.4015, found 683.4033 [M+H]+.
The ester (example 19A, 1.0 g, 1.46 mmol) is provided in a mixture of THF (100 ml) and water (50 ml) and, at 0° C., a 0.5% lithium hydroxide solution (12 ml, 59.6 mg, 2.49 mmol, 1.7 eq.) is added dropwise. The solution is stirred at 0° C. for 4 h until conversion is complete. For the workup, the reaction is mixed with potassium dihydrogen phosphate (996.4 mg, 7.32 mmol), the solvent is completely removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and the residue is purified by preparative HPLC (method 28). 737.0 mg (75.3% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.86 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=669 (20) [M+H]+, 569 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C36H53N4O8 [M+H]+ found 669.3881, calc. 669.3858.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, exemplary compound 20A (30.0 mg, 44.85 μmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (6 ml), the solution is cooled to 0° C., N-hydroxysuccinimide (6.2 mg, 53.83 μmol, 1.2 eq.), EDC (10.3 mg, 53.83 μmol, 1.2 eq.) and 4 Å molecular sieves are added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. overnight. The solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a maximum bath temperature of 30° C., the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed successively twice with a 5% citric acid solution and twice with a sat. sodium chloride solution, the org. phase is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered, the solvent is concentrated on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and 34.0 mg (98.7% of theory) of product are isolated from the residue after fine purification on an RP cartridge (eluent: ethyl acetate).
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.99 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.88 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=766 (57) [M+H]+, 666 (100) [M+H+C4H8—CO2]+.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.23 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.51 min, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) 217.8 (100) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.08 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 3.72-3.84 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H).
The method was carried out in analogy to the following literature: S. B. Cohen, R. Halcomb, J. Am. Chem. Soc 2004, 124, 2534-25M 43. W. Jiang, J. Wanner, R. J. Lee, P.-Y. Bounaud, D. L. Boger, J. Am. Chem. Soc 2003, 125, 1877-1887.
The compound of example 22A (6.8 g of crude product, 26.44 mmol) is taken up in methanol (177 ml), cesium carbonate (5.56 g, 17.06 mmol, 0.63 equivalents) is added, and the mixture is stirred until dissolution is complete. The solvent is then removed by distillation, DMF (42 ml) and then benzyl bromide (4.06 ml, 34.12 mmol, 1.26 equivalents) are added. The mixture is stirred for 16 h and the DMF is then substantially removed in vacuo. The residue is taken up in water and extracted with 3 portions of dichloromethane. The combined org. phases are dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified on Biotage RP18-Flash (water-acetonitrile gradient: 0-5 min. 10% acetonitrile, 3-30 min. 10-90% acetonitrile, 30-35 min. 90% acetonitrile; flow: 20 ml/min.). Yield: 5.00 g (16.16 mmol, 52% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.36 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.39 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=332.6 (25) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.09 (d, J=6.4, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.95 (dd, J=6.4, J=8.1 Hz), 4.98 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 5H).
530 mg of the compound from example 23A are reacted with 8.0 ml of the TFA solution according to procedure 2. The crude product (589 mg, quant.) is reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.18 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.24 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=210.0 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 4.09-4.10 (m, 2H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 5H), 8.34 (br. S, 2H).
The compound of example 24A (2.30 g 7.12 mmol) and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.59 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.56 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=423.8 (70) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.74-0.78 (m, 6H), 1.01-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.10 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.64-1.66 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.94 (m, 1H), 4.28 (dd, J=7.3, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (d, J=5.6 Hz), 5.09 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=12.7 Hz 1H), 6.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.36 (m, 5H), 8.11 (d, J=8.1 Hz).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C22H35N2O6 calc. 423.2490, found 423.2489 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 25A (224 mg, 0.53 mmol) is treated with 8.0 ml of the TFA solution according to procedure 2. 253 mg of crude product of example 26A (about 91% pure, 0.53 mmol, quant.) are obtained and are reacted without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.51 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.58 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=323.6 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.77-0.86 (m, 6H), 1.02 (m, 1H), 1.15 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 5.11 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 8.07-8.08 (m, 3H), 8.69 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H).
The compound of example 26A (253 mg 91% pure, 0.53 mmol) and N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.91 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.04 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=579.9 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.72-1.16 (m, 8H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 3.06 (m, 2H), 3.93-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 5.07-5.14 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.8), 8.33 (m, 1H).
The compound of example 27A (237 mg, 0.34 mmol) is treated with 2.0 ml of the TFA solution according to procedure 2. 255 mg of crude product of example 28A (94% pure, 0.34 mmol, quant.), are obtained and are reacted without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.42 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.42 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=479.3 (50) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.73-0.81 (m, 5H), 1.11-1.19 (m, 5H), 1.33-1.49 (m, 3H), 1.74 (m, 3H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.25 (dd, J=6.8, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (dd, J=7.3, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (dd, J=12.5 Hz), 7.36 (m, 5H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 8.10 (m, 2H), 8.51 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H).
The compound of example 28A (240 mg, 0.34 mmol) and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.15 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.92 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=692.8 (100), [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.72-1.23 (m, 22H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.71 (m, 3H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 3.91-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.42 (m, 2H), 5.07-5.15 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H).
The compound of example 29A (220 mg, 0.27 mmol) is treated with 2.0 ml of the TFA solution according to procedure 2. 223 mg of crude product of example 28A (0.27 mmol, quant.), are obtained and are reacted without further purification.
HPLC (Method 4): Rt=3.80.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.54 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=592.4 (2) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.73-1.11 (m, 13H), 1.22-1.74 (m, 12H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J=7.8, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J=7.8, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 8.07 (m, 2H), 8.25 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H).
The compound of example 30A (223 mg, 0.27 mmol) and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-(3R)-3-hydroxy-L-leucine (89 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.22 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (6 ml), and the solution is cooled to −20° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (150 μl, 1.36 mmol, 5 equivalents) and HATU (165 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.6 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The complete mixture is then put onto a gel chromatography column and purified by chromatography (method 45, eluent is methanol). Yield: 188 mg (0.20 mmol, 74% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.24 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.99 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=821.9 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.71-0.90 (m, 15H), 1.00 (m, 1H), 1.10 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.24-1.26 (m, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.71 (m, 6H), 3.06-3.17 (m, 3H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.54 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.07-5.15 (m, 2H), 5.45 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
The compound of example 31A (100 mg, 0.11 mmol) is dissolved in glacial acetic acid (4.3 ml), 10% palladium on activated carbon (22 mg) is added, and the mixture is hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 2 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is lyophilized. The crude product is purified by chromatography (method 33). 58 mg (60 μmol, 55% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.75 min.
LC-MS (Method 1 Method 19): Rt=1.80 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=731.8 (100) [M+H]+.
(3S)-3-Hydroxyaspartic acid is prepared by the method of G. Cardillo, L. Gentilucci, A. Tolomelli, C. Tomasini, Synlett 1999, 1727-1730, and converted in analogy to P. G. Mattingly, M. J. Miller, J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 3556-3559, using microwave radiation in a closed reactor into (2S,3S)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4-oxobutyric acid hydrochloride. (2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4-oxobutyric acid hydrochloride (447 mg, 2.24 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (9 ml). The solution is cooled to 0° C., Boc-glycin-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (763 mg, 2.91 mmol, 1.3 equivalents), DMAP (14 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.05 equivalents) and finally DIPEA (1170 μl, 6.72 mmol, 3 equivalents) are added. The mixture is allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and is then stirred for 2 h. The mixture is acidified with glacial acetic acid, mixed with acetonitrile and chromatographed on Sephadex LH 20 (method 45). Product-containing fractions are combined, concentrated and again chromatographed (method 46). The obtained product (761 mg, quant.) is reacted further without further purification. For analytical purposes, a pure sample is obtained by HPLC (method 44).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.15 min
LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.17 min, MS (ESIpos)=321.2 [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=+39° (c=0.55, MeOH).
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.40 (s, 9H), 3.49-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=6.99 Hz, 1H).
13C-NMR (d6-acetone, 126 MHz, DEPT) δ (ppm)=28.5 (CH3), 42.2 (CH2), 51.8 (CH3), 53.7 (CH), 56.0 (CH), 79.2 (quat), 169.6 (quat), 169.7 (quat), 172.8 (quat), 173.8 (quat).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C12H22N2O8 [M+H]+ calc.: 321.1298, found: 321.1299.
The compound of example 33A (390 mg, 1.22 mmol) and benzyl O-(tert-butyl)-
HPLC: Rt=4.46 min.
LC-MS: Rt=2.37 min. MS (ESIpos): 554.4 [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−1.7 (c=0.57, CH3CN).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.09 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 3.17 (br s, 1H), 3.50-3.56 (dd, J=2.85 Hz, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.67 (m, 3H), 4.66 (s, 1H), 4.70-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.97 (dd, J=2.7 Hz, J=8.65 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (br s, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=7.45 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (m, 5H).
13C-NMR-DEPT (126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=28.5 (CH3), 29.6 (CH3), 45.5 (CH2), 54.4 (CH3), 54.5 (CH), 55.9 (CH), 62.8 (CH2), 68.6 (CH2), 71.7 (CH), 75.0 (quat), 81.8 (quat), 129.6 (CH), 129.7 (CH), 129.9 (CH), 136.7 (quat), 157.3 (quat), 169.9 (quat), 171.2 (quat), 173.4 (quat).
HR-TOF-MS: C26H40N3O10 [M+H]+ calc.: 554.2714, found: 554.2707.
Compound 34A (430 mg, 0.78 mmol) is dissolved in acetonitrile (30 ml) and cooled to 0° C. Ammonia conc. (15 ml) is added and the mixture is stirred for about 15 min. As soon as the reaction is complete (detection by HPLC, method 5), acetic acid is added to acidify, and the mixture is diluted with water. The mixture is extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are washed with conc. brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by HPLC.
Yield: 158 mg (38% of theory) as a solid.
[α]20Na=−16° (c=0.53, MeOH).
HPLC: Rt=4.18 min. LC-MS: Rt=2.14 min, MS (ESIpos) m/z=539.4 [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS: C25H39N4O9 [M+H]+ calcd: 539.2717, found: 539.2709.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.05 (s, 9H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 3.50-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.67 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H, 5.10 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 7.17 (br s, 1H), 7.33-7.46 (m, 6H), 7.65 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H).
13C-NMR-DEPT (126 MHz, d6-acetone) δ (ppm)=27.54 (CH3), 28.58 (CH3), 44.73 (CH2), 54.06 (CH), 55.67 (CH), 62.61 (CH2), 67.08 (CH2), 71.64 (CH), 73.90 (quat), 79.70 (quat), 128.75 (CH), 128.82 (CH), 129.25 (quat), 137.20 (quat), 157.04 (quat), 170.56, 170.62 (quat), 170.72 (quat), 174.13 (quat).
55 mg (100 μmol) of exemplary compound 35A are reacted in 2 ml of the reagent solution according to procedure 2. The product is reacted without further purification. Yield: 50 mg (quant.).
HPLC (Method 3): Rt=3.05 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.22 min; MS (ESIpos) m/z (%)=383.0 (100) [M+H]+.
The degradation product from example 3A (2.8 g, 2.53 mmol) and the compound from example 17A (1.5 g, 2.53 mmol, 1 eq.) are provided in DMF (70 ml). The solution is cooled to 0° C., DIEA (2.64 ml, 2.0 g, 15.14 mmol, 6 eq.) is added, and the reaction mixture is slowly warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature for 3 h. The solvent is partly removed on a rotary evaporator, during which the bath temperature should not exceed 30° C. After fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 28), 2.2 g (61.4% of theory) of product are isolated.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=17.03 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.79 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1301 (28) [M+H]+, 601 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1300 (100) [M−H]−.
The Boc protecting group is removed from the compound of example 37A (2.2 g, 1.55 mmol) according to procedure 1. After chromatography (method 28) 1.8 g (87.1% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=12.37 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1201 (8) [M+H]+, 601 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1199 (100) [M−H]−.
In an argon protective gas atmosphere, the compound of example 38A (1.3 g, 0.89 mmol) is provided in DMF (700 ml), the solution is cooled to 0° C. and then HATU (1.0 g, 2.68 mmol, 3 eq.) and NMM (0.8 ml, 0.7 g, 7.14 mmol, 8 eq.) are subsequently added. After stirring under a gentle stream of argon at 0° C. for 3 h, conversion is complete. For the workup, the reaction is mixed with methanol (30 ml), the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., the residue is suspended in methanol (30 ml) in an ultrasonic bath, and the precipitate which has separated out is removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated on a rotary evaporator at a maximum bath temperature of 30° C., and after fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 28) 905.6 mg (78.3% of theory) of the target compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=15.09 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.75 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1183 (100) [M+H]+.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the acid (example 20A, 170.0 mg, 0.25 mmol) is provided in methylene chloride (5 ml) and cooled to 0° C., and pentafluorophenyl diphenylphosphinate (146,5 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and NMM (140 μl, 128.5 mg, 1.27 mmol, 5 eq.) are subsequently added. The reaction is slowly warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., the residue is purified by preparative HPLC (method 32), the concentrated product fractions are again mixed with toluene and dichloromethane, the solvents are subsequently completely removed again on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., the residue is lyophilized for 2 h and the product is stored at −25° C. 130.8 mg (61.6% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.30 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.42 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=835 (100) [M+H]+, 735 (54) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+, MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=833 (60) [M−H]−, 183 (100).
Chlorotrityl chloride-resin (4.0 g, 5.96 mmol) is provided in dichloromethane (40 ml) and O-(tert-butyl)-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine (8.0 g, 20.86 mmol, 3.5 eq.) and DIEA (10.3 ml, 7.7 g, 59.60 mol, 10 eq.) are subsequently added. After shaking at RT for 20 h, the polymer is collected by suction filtration on a frit and subsequently washed successively three times with dichloromethane/methanol/DIEA 17/2/1, three times with dichloromethane, twice with DMF and three times with dichloromethane.
A sample removal with acetic acid/trifluoroethanol/dichloromethane 1:1:3 affords the corresponding fmoc-protected amino acid.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=1.95 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.38 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=384 (35) [M+H]+, 767 (10) [2M+H]+, 105 (100); MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=382 (25) [M−H]−, 765 (10) [2M−H]−, 160 (100).
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 41A, 2.0 g, 2.98 mmol), as described in procedure 7. The deprotected amino acid bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-trityl-L-asparagine (3.6 g, 5.96 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (1.5 ml, 1.2 g, 8.94 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (1.9 g, 5.96 mmol) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected dipeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected dipeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.43 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.10 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=740 (5) [M+H]+, 243 (100);
MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=738 (40) [M−H]−, 516 (85) [M-Fmoc-H]−, 542 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C45H46N3O7 [M+H]+ found 740.3342, calc. 740.3331.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 42A, 2.0 g, 2.98 mmol), as described in procedure 7. The deprotected dipeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]glycine (1.8 g, 5.96 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (1.5 ml, 1.2 g, 8.94 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (1.9 g, 5.96 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected tripeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected tripeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.33 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=797 (5) [M+H]+, 243 (100);
MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=795 (40) [M−H]−, 573 (100) [M-Fmoc-H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C47H49N4O8 [M+H]+ found 797.3556, calc. 797.3545.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 43A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol), as described in procedure 7. The deprotected tripeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with O-(tert-butyl)-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]allothreonine (1184.5 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (772 μl, 577.7 mg, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected tetrapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected tetrapeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.48 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=3.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=954 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=752 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H N5O10 [M+H]+ found 954.4663, calc. 954.4648.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 44A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected tetrapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine (1053.2 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (772 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected pentapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected pentapeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.57 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.23 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1067 (13) [M+H]+, 243 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H75N6O11 [M+H]+ found 1067.5488, calc. 1067.5489.
N5-[(Benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N5-[{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}(imino)methyl]-N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-ornithine (4.90 g, 9.03 mmol) [M. Jetten et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 6025-6028] is stirred in 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (150 ml) and dichloromethane (150 ml) at RT overnight. The solvent is completely evaporated and the residue is dried in vacuo. The deprotected amine is subsequently provided in dichloromethane (180 ml), DIEA (4.5 ml, 3.5 g, 27.09 mmol, 3 eq.) and chlorotrimethylsilane (2.3 ml, 2.0 g, 18.061 mmol, 2 eq.), are added and the mixture is stirred under reflux overnight. The solution is cooled (0° C.), DIEA (3.0 ml, 2.3 g, 18.06 mmol, 2 eq.) and (9-fluorenylmethyl) chloroformate (2.3 g, 9.03 mmol, 1 eq.) are added, and the mixture is warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the reaction is diluted with dichloromethane and washed with a 10% aq. citric acid solution, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator, and the residue is dried in vacuo. After fine purification (method 37) of the crude product 2.0 g (32.4% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=665 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=663 (30) [M−H]−, 333 (100).
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 45A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected pentapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with the Fmoc-protected amino acid (example 46A, 1980.9 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (772 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected hexapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The polymer-bound hexapeptide is immediately processed further without analytical confirmation.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 47A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected hexapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-leucine (1053.2 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.7 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected heptapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected heptapeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.51 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1605 (100) [M+H]+.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 48A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected heptapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with (3R)-3-hydroxy-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-leucine (552.7 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (597 μl, 442.9 mg, 3.43 mmol, 2.3 eq.) and TBTU (717.6 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected octapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7.
The octapeptide is removed completely from the polymer in a solution of acetic acid, trifluoroethanol and dichloromethane (1:1:3). For the workup, the resin is removed by filtration on a frit, the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and finally purified by chromatography (method 32). 56 mg (16% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.48 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1613 (15) [M+H]+, 806 (60) [M+2H]2+, 243 (100); MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1611 (100) [M+H]+.
The peptide (example 49A, 22.0 mg, 13.65 μmol) is provided in TFA (5.25 ml) and water (0.25 ml), p-cresol (10.0 mg, 92.48 μmol) is subsequently added, and the solution is stirred at RT for 1 h. For the workup, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C. After fine purification of the residue by preparative HPLC (method 26) 4.4 mg (27.9% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.07 min
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.12 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1158 (5) [M+H]+, 579 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1156 (100) [M−H]−.
The amine (example 50A, 4.0 mg, 3.46 μmol) and the activated acid (example 40A, 3.2 mg, 3.82 μmol, 1.1 eq.) are provided in DMF (500 μl), the solution is cooled to 0° C., DIEA (4 μl, 2.7 mg, 20.74 mmol, 6 eq.) is subsequently added, and the reaction is warmed to RT and stirred at this overnight. For the workup, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., the residue is prepurified by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol), and after fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 26) 3.0 mg (24.0% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 10) Rt=11.37 min
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.37 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=904 (100) [M+2H]2+.
The Boc protecting group is removed from exemplary compound 51A (2.5 mg, 1.38 μmol) according to general procedure 1. After fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 26) 2.2 mg (87.3% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=24.14 min
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.63 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=854 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1706 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C84H123N16O22 [M+H]+ found 1707.8989, calc. 1707.8993.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the deprotected amine (example 52A, 2.0 mg, 1.10 μmol) is provided in DMF (1 ml), the solution is cooled to 0° C., HATU (1.3 mg, 3.29 μmol, 3 eq.) and NMM (0.7 μl, 0.7 mg, 6.58 μmol, 6 eq.) are added, and the reaction is slowly brought to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the solution is purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). 1.9 mg (90.1% of theory) of the target compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 10) Rt=10.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.25 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1691 (53) [M+H]+, 846 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1688 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C84H121N16O21 [M+H]+ found 1689.8929, calc. 1689.8887.
The benzyl ester-protected compound (example 49A, 62.0 mg, 38.46 μmol) is converted into the product by hydrogenolysis in methanol (20 ml) in 1 h. After chromatography by preparative HPLC (method 26) the target compound (34.3 mg, 61.2% of theory) is obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.51 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1343 (38) [M+H]+, 243 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1341 (100) [M−H]−.
Exemplary compound 54A (32.0 mg, 21.95 μmol) is stirred in a solution of TFA (7.3 ml), water (250 μl) and triisopropylsilane (323 μl) at RT for 2 h. For the workup, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and the residue is concentrated in vacuo once with toluene and once with methylene chloride at a bath temperature of 30° C. After drying under high vacuum, the crude product is dissolved in 0.1% aq. TFA and extracted with MTBE and the separated aq. phase is concentrated in vacuo and subsequently fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 27). 22.5 mg (91.8% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=8.38 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.30 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=889 (12) [M+H]+, 445 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=887 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H69N12O13 [M+H]+ found 889.5102, calc. 889.5102.
Exemplary compound 55A (19.0 mg, 17.00 μmol) and 40A (15.6 mg, 18.70 μmol) are provided in DMF (1 ml), N,N-diisopropylamine (18 μl, 13.2 mg, 102.00 mmol, 6 eq.) is added at 0° C., and the mixture is stirred at this temperature for 2 h. The reaction is warmed to RT and then stirred overnight. For the workup, the solution is concentrated in vacuo and finally fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). 24.4 mg (86.7% of theory) of the target compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=23.17 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.37 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=720 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1438 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2—H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C73H119N16O20 [M+H]+ found 1539.8772, calc. 1539.8782.
Exemplary compound 56A (23.0 mg, 13.91 μmol) is converted into the deprotected amine according to procedure 1. After fine purification (method 26) 19.9 mg (85.8% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=17.05 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1441 (3) [M+H]+, 720 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1438 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C68H111N16O18 [M+H]+ found 1439.8271, calc. 1439.8257.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the deprotected amine (example 57A, 19.0 mg, 11.39 μmol) is provided in DMF (10 ml), the solution is cooled to 0° C., HATU (13.0 mg, 34.18 μmol, 3 eq.) and NMM (8 μl, 6.9 mg, 68.35 μmol) are added, and the reaction is left to stand at 4° C. for 3 days. For the workup, methanol is added to the mixture at 0° C., and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo at a max. bath temperature of 30° C., and finally fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). 14.0 mg (80.0% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=22.44 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.30 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1422 (12) [M+H]+, 711 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1420 (28) [M−H]−, 710 (100) [M−2H]2−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C68H109N16O17 [M+H]+ found 1421.8165, calc. 1421.8152.
According to procedure 5 the exemplary compound 16A (1000.0 mg, 2.41 mmol) is converted with 10% palladium/carbon (100 mg, 93.98 μmol, 4 mol %) in methanol (100 ml) into the title compound in 1 h. After removing the catalyst by filtration through kieselguhr and concentrating 624.0 mg (92.3%) of crude product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=10.27 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.52 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=281 (82) [M+H]+, 561 (10) [2M+H]+, 225 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=279 (70) [M−H]−, 559 (5) [2M−H]−, 205 (100).
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.34 (s, 9H, OC(CH3)3), 3.51 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H, Hα), 4.88 (dd, J=8.6 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H, H), 7.21-7.35 (m, 7H, ArH, NH2), 8.04 (d, J=8.6 Hz, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=28.04 (3C), 53.81, 56.27, 78.06, 127.24, 127.42 (2C), 128.07 (2C), 138.99, 154.12, 167.93.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C14H21N2O4 [M+H]+ found 281.1506, calc. 281.1496.
N2-(Benzyloxycarbonyl)-L)-leucine (BACHEM Cat No z13351.) (6.37 g, 24 mmol)) and methyl L-leucinate (3.49 g, 24 mmol, 1 eq.) are dissolved in DMF (75 ml) at 0° C., and NMM (5.28 ml, 48 mmol, 2 eq.) and HATU (13.69 g, 36 mmol, 1.5 eq.) are then added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for three hours. MTBE and a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution are added, and extraction is carried out. The aqueous phase is back-extracted with a second portion of MTBE, and the combined organic phases are then washed with 1 M citric acid as well as again with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography in two portions (Biotage 40M, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 3+1). Yield: 7.85 g (80% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.82 min.
LCMS (Method 18): Rt=2.65 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=393 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−5.2° (c=0.52, MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.77-0.92 (m, 12H), 1.31-1.66 (m, 6H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.38 (m, 6H), 8.23 (d, 1H).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=21.1 (CH3), 21.5 (CH3), 22.8 (CH3), 22.9 (CH3), 24.2 (CH), 41.0 (CH2), 50.0 (CH), 51.8 (CH3, OCH3), 52.9 (CH), 65.3 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 127.6 (CH, ar-C), 127.7 (CH, ar-C), 128.3 (CH, ar-C), 137.1 ((C quat, ar-C), 155.8 (C quat, NCOC(CH3)3), 172.4 (C quat, C═O), 172.9 (C quat, C═O).
Compound 60A (7.70 g, 19.62 mmol) is taken up in 200 ml of THF/water (3+1), cooled to 0° C. and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.65 g, 39.24 mmol, 2 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred at 0° C. until according to HPLC monitoring the reaction has proceeded to completion (about 45 min). Most of the THF is distilled off in vacuo, the pH is then adjusted to about 4 by adding citric acid, and the mixture is extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The combined org. phases are dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product is obtained as an amorphous substance in a yield of 6.87 g (89% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LCMS (Method 18): Rt=2.39 min, MS (ESIpos.) m/z (%)=379 (100) [M+H]+, 757 (40) [2M+H]+.
[α]20Na=+4.7° (c=0.50, MeOH).
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.77-0.92 (m, 12H), 1.34-1.68 (m, 6H), 4.04-4.26 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.38 (m, 6H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 12.50 (br. s, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C20H31N2O5 [M+H]+ calc. 379.2228, found 379.2216.
According to the preparation method (example 17A) exemplary compound 61A (1000.0 mg, 2.64 mmol), pentafluorophenol (2431.7 mg, 13.21 mmol, 5 eq.) and EDC (759.8 mg, 3.96 mmol, 1.5 eq.) are converted into the title compound. After fine purification (method 28) 1.3 g (93.0% of theory) of product are obtained which is stored at −25° C. until further use.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.08 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.26 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=545 (100) [M+H]+, 1089 (43) [2M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=0.78-0.99 (m, 12H, 2[CH(CH3)2]), 1.30-1.88 (m, 6H), 4.16 (m, 1H, Hα), 4.38-4.55 (2m, 1H, Hα), 4.95-5.11 (m, 2H, PhCH2), 7.21-7.38 (m, 5H, ArH), 7.41 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, NH), 8.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H, NH).
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the amino acid (example 59A, 493.0 mg, 1.76 mmol and the carboxylic acid-activated dipeptide (example 62A, 1197.0 mg, 1.76 mmol) are provided in DMF (50 ml), and DIEA (2.4 ml, 1818.4 mg, 14.07 mmol, 8 eq.) is subsequently added to the solution at 0° C. After the addition of the base, the reaction is slowly brought to RT and stirred at this until conversion is complete (3 h). For the workup, potassium dihydrogen phosphate (2.4 g, 17.59 mmol, 10 eq.) is added to the reaction and the mixture is stirred for 10 min, the solid is filtered off, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo at a bath temperature of 30° C. 750.0 mg (66.6% of theory) of the title compound are isolated after fine purification (method 28).
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=2.72 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.86 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=641 (100) [M+H]+, 541 (76) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+, 1281 (42) [2M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=639 (100) [M−H]−, 1280 (92) [2M−H]−.
The title compound is prepared according to the example method (example 17A) from the tripeptide (example 63A, 200 mg, 0.31 mmol) and pentafluorophenol (287.3 mg, 1.56 mmol, 5 eq.) in dichloromethane (10 ml) using EDC (89.8 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.5 eq.). Complete conversion is achieved by stirring the reaction at 0° C. for 2 h and leaving to stand in a refrigerator at 4° C. overnight. After fine purification (method 32) 211.0 mg (83.8% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.23 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.22 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=807 (30) [M+H]+, 707 (100) [M—C4H8—CO2+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=805 (10) [M−H]−, 183 (100).
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 43A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected tripeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with O-(tert-butyl)-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-threonine [Echner, Hartmut; Voelter, Wolfgang; Liebigs Ann. Chem.; GE; 1988; 1095-1098] (1184.5 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected tetrapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=3.07 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=955 (80) [M+H]+, 243 (100); MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=953 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H64N5O10 [M+H]+ found 954.4636, calc. 954.4648.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 65A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected tetrapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine (1053.2 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) (H. Echner et al., Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1988, 1095-1098), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected pentapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.61 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.26 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1068 (15) [M+H]+, 243 (100); MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1066 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H75N6O11 [M+H]+ found 1067.5503, calc. 1067.5489.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 66A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected pentapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N5-(imino{[(2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl) sulfonyl]amino}methyl)-L-ornithine (1283.9 mg, 1.94 mmol, 1.3 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected hexapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=3.24 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1490 (85) [M+H]+, 282 (100); MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1488 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C81H105N10O15S [M+H]+ found 1489.7456, calc. 1489.7477.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 67A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected hexapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-leucine (1053.2 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.6 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected heptapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.54 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1602 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1600 (100) [M−H]−.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 68A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected heptapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with (3R)-3-hydroxy-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-leucine (552.7 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (597 μl, 442.9 mg, 3.43 mmol, 2.3 eq.) and TBTU (717.6 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected octapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7.
The octapeptide bound to the resin is completely removed from the polymer in a solution of acetic acid, trifluoroethanol and dichloromethane (1:1:3). For the workup, the resin is filtered through a frit, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and finally purified by chromatography (method 28). 418.0 mg (17.4% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.85 min.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.32 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.39 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1610 (40) [M+H]+, 806 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1608 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C83H125N12O18S [M+H]+ found 1609.8971, calc. 1609.8951.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, exemplary compound 69A (200.0 mg, 0.12 mmol) is stirred in a solution of TFA (25.3 ml), water (667 μl) and triisopropylsilane (667 μl) at RT for 1 h. For the workup, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator at a bath temperature of 30° C., and the residue is concentrated in vacuo once with toluene and once with methylene chloride at a bath temperature of 30° C. The residue is dissolved in 0.1% aq. TFA and extracted once with MTBE, and the separated aq. phase is concentrated in vacuo and subsequently fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). 138.0 mg (99.5% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=8.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.43 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=889 (15) [M+H]+, 445 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=887 (100) [M−H]−.
The title compound is prepared from the octapeptide (example 70A, 70.0 mg, 62.66 μmol), the carboxylic acid-activated tripeptide (example 64A, 60.7 mg, 75.19 μmol, 1.2 eq.) using N,N-diisopropylamine (65 μl, 48.6 mg, 375.96 μmol, 6 eq.) as indicated in the preparation method for exemplary compound 56A. The reaction is brought to almost complete conversion at RT overnight. After chromatography (method 26) 73.9 mg (72.5% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=22.16 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.07 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1512 (25) [M+H]+, 706 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1510 (18) [M−H]−, 700 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C71H115N16O20 [M+H]+ found 1511.8474, calc. 1511.8469.
Exemplary compound 71A (70.0 mg, 43.06 μmol) is converted into the deprotected amine according to procedure 1. After fine purification (method 26) 45.0 mg (63.7% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=16.77 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1412 (10) [M+H]+, 706 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1410 (90) [M−H]−, 650 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C66H107N16O18 [M+H]+ found 1411.7958, calc. 1411.7944.
The title compound is prepared according to the preparation method (example 58A) from exemplary compound 73A (42.0 mg, 25.61 μmol), HATU (29.2 mg, 76.83 μmol, 3 eq.) and NMM (17 μl, 15.5 mg, 153.66 μmol). Complete conversion is achieved by stirring at RT in 3 h. 34.1 mg (88.3% of theory) of product are isolated after fine purification (method 26).
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=20.29 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.06 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1393 (32) [M+H]+, 797 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1391 (100) [M−H]−, 695 (32) [M−2H]2−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C66H105N16O17 [M+H]+ found 1393.7848, calc. 1393.7839.
N5-[(Benzyloxy)carbonyl]-D-ornithine (3.8 g, 14.27 mmol) [Ulhaq, Saraj et al.; Bioorg. Med. Chem.; EN; 7; 9; 1999; 1787-1796] is provided in dichloromethane (190 ml), DIEA (2.4 ml, 1.8 g, 17.27 mmol, 1 eq.) and chlorotrimethylsilane (3.6 ml, 3.1 g, 28.53 mmol, 2 eq.) are added, and the mixture is stirred under reflux overnight. The reaction is cooled (0° C.) and DIEA (4.7 ml, 3.7 g, 28.54 mmol, 2 eq.) again and (9-fluorenylmethyl) chloroformate (3.7 g, 14.27 mmol, 1 eq.) are added, and the mixture is warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the reaction is diluted with dichloromethane and washed with a 10% aq. citric acid solution, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed on a rotary evaporator and the mixture is dried in vacuo. 6.5 g (93.2% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.57 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=489 (100) [M+H]+, 977 (100) [2M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=487 (80) [M−H]−, 975 (100) [2M−H]−.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 45A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol), as described in procedure 7. The deprotected pentapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with the Fmoc-protected amino acid (example 74A, 1455.9 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.8 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected hexapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.73 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.27 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1316 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1314 (100) [M+H]+.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 75A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected hexapeptide bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-leucine (1053.2 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.), DIEA (779 μl, 577.7 mg, 4.47 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (956.8 mg, 2.98 mmol, 2 eq.) overnight to give the F-moc-protected heptapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected peptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.84 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1429 (95) [M+H]+, 1430 (100); MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1427 (80) [M−H]−, 1428 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H75N6O11 [M+H]+ found 1067.5488, calc. 1067.5489.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 76A, 1000.0 mg, 1.49 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected heptapeptide bound to the resin is then reacted with (3R)-3-hydroxy-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-leucine [Oliyai, Reza, Siahaan, Teruna J., Stella, Valentino J.; Pharm. Res.; EN; 12; 3; 1995; 323-328] (552.7 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (597 μl, 442.9 mg, 3.43 mmol, 2.3 eq.) and TBTU (717.6 mg, 2.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected octapeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7.
The octapeptide bound to the resin is completely removed from the polymer in a solution of acetic acid, trifluoroethanol and dichloromethane (1:1:3). For the workup, the resin is filtered through a frit, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and finally purified by chromatography (method 28). 604.0 mg (28.3% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 13) Rt=2.68 min.
HPLC (Method 1) Rt=3.15 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.26 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1437 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1435 (100) [M−H]−.
The title compound is prepared from exemplary compound 77A (200.0 mg, 0.14 mmol), as described in the exemplary method (example 70A). After complete conversion at RT (1 h), the solution is concentrated in vacuo at a bath temperature of 30° C., concentrated once with toluene and once with methylene chloride in vacuo at a bath temperature of 30° C., and finally fine purified by preparative RP-HPLC (method 26). 121.0 mg (79.3% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=13.26 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=3.04 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=981 (100) [M+H]+, 491 (10) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=979 (100) [M−H]−.
The title compound is prepared from the octapeptide (example 78A, 59.6 mg, 54.44 μmol), the carboxylic acid-activated tripeptide (example 40A, 50.0 mg, 59.89 μmol, 1.1 eq.) and using N,N-diisopropylamine (57 μl, 42.2 mg, 326.7 μmol, 6 eq.) as described in the exemplary method 56A). The reaction is brought to complete conversion at RT overnight. After fine purification (method 26) 52.9 mg (59.5% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC (Method 10) Rt=10.32 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.07 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1633 (40) [M+H]+, 817 (90) [M+2H]2+, 767 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1631 (65) [M−H]−, 761 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C80H123N14O22 [M+H]+ found 1631.8898, calc. 1631.8931.
Exemplary compound 79A (50.0 mg, 30.64 μmol) is converted into the deprotected amine according to procedure 1. After fine purification (method 26) 27.5 mg (54.5% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=21.85 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.18 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1533 (20) [M+H]+, 766 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1531 (58) [M−H]−, 764 (12) [M−2H]2−, 710 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C75H114N14O20 [M+H]+ found 1531.8385, calc. 1531.8407.
The title compound is prepared according to the preparation method (example 58A) from exemplary compound 80A (25.0 mg, 15.19 μmol), HATU (17.3 mg, 45.57 μmol, 3 eq.) and NMM (10 μl, 9.2 mg, 91.14 μmol). Complete conversion is achieved after 3 days at 4° C. 21.0 mg (91.3% of theory) of the product are isolated after fine purification (method 26).
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=26.28 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1514 (20) [M+H]+, 758 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C75H113N14O19 [M+H]+ found 1513.8298, calc. 1513.8301.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, a 1 M LHMDS solution (213.3 mmol, 213.3 ml, 2.2 eq.) in THF is provided in the reaction solvent THF (1.35 l). At −78° C., a solution of methyl (rac)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propanoate (D. M. Kalvin, R. W. Woodard, J. Org. Chem., 50, 13, 1985, 2259-2263) (30 g, 96.9 mmol) is slowly added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at −25° C. for 10 min and then cooled again to −78° C. Dibenzyl azadicarboxylate (46.3 g, 155.2 mmol, 1.6 eq.) is added in one portion to the reaction mixture. The mixture is stirred at −60 to −45° C. for 2 h. In order to stop the reaction, the mixture is again cooled to −78° C. and acetic acid (29.1 ml, 484.9 mmol, 5 eq.) is added, and the mixture is then warmed to 0° C. and finally RT. The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo and taken up in ethyl acetate (1000 ml). The suspension is washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, twice with water, twice with 5% aq. citric acid and once with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. All the aq. phases are re-extracted separately with ethyl acetate. All the org. phases are evaporated in vacuo and again taken up in dichloromethane (2000 ml), filtered, dried over magnesium sulfate, again filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is stirred with cyclohexane, collected by filtration and dried under high vacuum. 25.7 g (44% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.97 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 3): Rt=5.00 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.87 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=508 (100), 608 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=532 (50), 606 (100) [M−H]−.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, TMG (5.78 ml, 46.1 mmol, 11.2 eq.) is added to a solution of example 82A (2.5 g, 4.1 mmol) in dry DMF p.a. (87 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is allowed to thaw and is stirred until the HPLC chromatogram (method 5) indicates complete conversion (about 70% product) (about 24 h), in order to then stop the reaction by adding acetic acid (pH 4-6). The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo at RT and taken up in ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed twice with water, twice with 5% citric acid, once with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, once with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 20:1). 1.89 g (73% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.11 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.37 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.07 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=508 (100), 608 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=532 (100), 606 (30) [M−H]−.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3281, 2974, 1755, 1740, 1686, 1508, 1457, 1416, 1323, 1288, 1267, 1208, 1168, 1137, 1043, 1027.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.29 (s, 9H, tBu), 3.29 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.72 (s, 3H, COOCH3), 4.80-5.20 (m, 6H), 6.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 12H, ArH), 7.50-7.65 (m, 1H, NH).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C32H38N3O9 [M+H]+ calc. 608.2603, found 608.2588.
The mixture of enantiomers of example 83A (10.6 g, 17.44 mmol) is separated by preparative HPLC (method 39). 4.18 g (99.5% ee, 79% of theory) of the title compound and 5.2 g (99.5% ee, 98% of theory) of the (−) enantiomer (example 85A) are obtained.
Determination of enantiomers by method 15.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 15): Rt=3.86 min.
[α]20Na=+54° (c=0.24 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.11 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.23 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.07 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=508 (100), 608 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=532 (100), 606 (30) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C32H38N3O9 [M+H]+ calc. 608.2603, found 608.2592.
Preparation takes place in analogy to example 84A.
Determination of enantiomers by method 15.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 15): Rt=7.20 min.
[α]20Na=−34° (c=0.27 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.11 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.21 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=2.87 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%) 508 (100), 608 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=532 (60), 606 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C32H38N3O9 [M+H]+ calc. 608.2603, found 608.2594.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, Raney nickel (about 1 g) is added to a solution of example 83A (2.81 g, 4.62 mmol) in methanol/dichloromethane 1:1 (100 ml). The reaction mixture is hydrogenated in a pressurized autoclave under a hydrogen pressure of 80 bar and at RT (12 h). The HPLC chromatogram (method 8) shows complete conversion. The reaction mixture is filtered under an argon protective gas atmosphere through a glass frit/kieselguhr layer, and the glass frit is washed several times with methanol. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The product obtained is a solid (1.50 g, quant.) which is reacted further without fine purification.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 8): Rt=3.66 min.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, Raney nickel (about 0.8 g) is added to a solution of example 84A (4.00 g, 6.58 mmol) in methanol/dichloromethane 1:1 (100 ml). The reaction mixture is hydrogenated in a pressurized autoclave under a hydrogen pressure of 80 bar and at RT (72 h). The reaction mixture is filtered under an argon protective gas atmosphere through a glass frit/kieselguhr layer, and the glass frit is washed several times with methanol. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo and taken up in ethyl acetate. A solution of EDTA (2 g) in a 50% aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (700 ml) is added to the solution. The aqueous phase is extracted 5× with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The combined organic phases are then washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution and twice with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. All the aq. phases are re-extracted separately with ethyl acetate. The combined org. phases are then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and dried under high vacuum. The product obtained is a solid (1.04 g, 49% of theory, 96% ee).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=7.8 min.
[α]20Na=+7.7° (c=0.34 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.69 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.87 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.17 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=208 (90), 269 (100), 325 (40) [M+H]+.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 2933,1737,1709,1611, 1511,1365,1243,1164, 1030.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, Raney nickel (about 0.7 g) is added to a solution of example 85A (5.20 g, 8.56 mmol) in methanol/dichloromethane 1:1 (140 ml). The reaction mixture is hydrogenated in a pressurized autoclave under a hydrogen pressure of 80 bar and at RT (72 h). The reaction mixture is filtered under an argon protective gas atmosphere through a glass frit/kieselguhr layer, and the glass frit is washed several times with methanol. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo and taken up in ethyl acetate. The mixture is prepurified by silica gel chromatography (cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 3:1→1:3) and separated by preparative HPLC (method 31). The title compound (324 mg, 91% ee, 8% of theory) is obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=9.3 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.69 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.84 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.17 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=208 (90), 269 (100), 325 (40) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.37 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 3.53 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.74 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.26 (m, 1H, β-CH), 5.00 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 6.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, ArH), 7.23 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, ArH), 7.52 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H, NH), 8.45 (br. s, 2H, NH2).
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, NaHCO3 (0.58 g, 6.94 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and tetra-N-butylammonium iodide (0.17 g, 0.47 mmol, 0.1 eq.) are added to a solution of example 86A (1.5 g, 4.62 mmol) and N-benzyloxycarbonyloxysuccinimide ester (1268 mg, 5.09 mmol, 1.1 eq.) in dichloromethane/water (1:2, 150 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture slowly warms up (12 h), whereby complete conversion is observed by HPLC (method 1). A solution of citric acid (5%) is added to the solution. The aq. phase is extracted three times with dichloromethane (100 ml). The combined organic phases are then washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution and twice with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. The combined org. phases are then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and dried under high vacuum. The product obtained is the title compound as a solid (2.1 g, 99% of theory).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.73 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.68 min.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3356, 1737, 1680, 1514, 1242, 1161, 1026, 1004.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.36 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 3.61 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.73 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.51 (dd, J=9.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H, α-H/β-H), 4.94 (m, 2H, PhCH2O), 5.20 (dd, J=10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H, α-H/β-H), 6.87 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, ArH), 7.15-7.22 (m, 4H, ArH), 7.29-7.37 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.57 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 27.9, 51.9, 53.8, 54.9, 58.9, 65.4, 78.3, 113.5, 126.8, 127.3, 127.5, 127.7, 128.2, 130.9, 136.6, 154.6, 155.9, 158.2, 170.6.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C25H30N2O7 [M+H]+ found 459.2140, calc. 459.2126.
Example 87A (1.0 g, 3.08 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 89A (reaction time: 12 h). The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC (method 32). 1.4 g (61% of theory, 96% ee) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=7.3 min.
[α]20Na=+4.0° (c=0.17 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.73 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.81 min.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3346, 1741, 1707, 1680, 1517, 1270, 1248, 1160, 1028, 1007.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=2.63 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=298 (100), 459 (30) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=383 (100), 457 (10) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C25H30N2O7 [M+H]+ found 459.2128, calc. 459.2126.
Example 88A (0.32 g, 0.98 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 89A (reaction time: 12 h). The product obtained is the title product as a solid (0.38 g, 85% of theory).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=6.3 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.73 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.81 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=2.60 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=298 (100), 459 (70) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=383 (100), 457 (10) [M−H]−.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, a solution of example 89A (759 mg, 1.69 mmol) is provided in THF/water 2:1 (12 ml). At 0° C., while stirring vigorously, an aq. solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (81 mg, 3.39 mmol, 2.05 eq.) is slowly added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at RT until the HPLC chromatogram (method 5) indicates complete conversion (about 3 h). Potassium hydrogen phosphate (225 mg) is subsequently added, and the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and covered with a layer of ethyl acetate (100 ml). The aq. phase is then acidified with 5% citric acid (pH 2-3) and then extracted three times with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The combined org. phases are washed twice with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution (20 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum. The title compound is obtained (735 mg quant.).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.33 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=389 (100), 445 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=335 (60), 443 (100) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.35 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 3.72 (s, 3H, OMe), 4.35-4.40 (m, 1H, α-H), 4.94 (s, 2H, PhCH2O), 5.19 (dd, J=10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H, β-H), 6.86 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.34 (m, 7H, ArH), 7.44-7.48 (m, 2H, 2 NH), 12.9 (s, br, 1H, CO2H).
Method A: The mixture of enantiomers of example 92A (735 mg, 2.83 mmol) is separated by preparative HPLC (method 40). 319 mg (99.5% ee, 43% of theory) of the title compound and 307 mg (99.5% ee, 42% of theory) of the other enantiomer (example 94A) are obtained.
Determination of enantiomers by method 16.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=10.9 min.
[α]20Na=+8° (c=0.04 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.33 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=389 (100), 445 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=335 (60), 443 (100) [M−H]−.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3358, 2978, 1705, 1683, 1615, 1515, 1245, 1167, 1027.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H29N2O7 [M+H]+ found 445.1976, calc. 445.1970.
Method B: Example 93A (1.30 g, 2.83 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 92A (reaction time: 2 h). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid product (0.61 g, 48% of theory, 95% ee).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=10.9 min.
[α]20Na=+15° (c=0.23 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.41 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.54 min.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H28N2O7Na [M+Na]+ found 467.1788, calc. 467.1794.
Method A: Preparation method under example 93A (method A)
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=13.3 min.
[α]20Na=−10° (c=0.12 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.33 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=389 (100), 445 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=335 (60), 443 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H29N2O7 [M+H]+ found 445.1976, calc. 445.1970.
Method B: Example 90A (0.38 g, 0.84 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 92A (reaction time: 2 h). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (0.132 g, 35% of theory, 94% ee).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=13.3 min.
[α]20Na=−5 (c=0.1 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.41 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.49 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.38 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=389 (100), 445 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=335 (60), 443 (100) [M−H]−.
13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=28.0, 53.9, 54.9, 58.8, 65.2, 78.2, 113.4, 127.2, 127.3, 127.6, 128.1, 128.2, 131.7, 136.8, 154.7, 156.0, 158.1, 171.4.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H29N2O7 [M+H]+ found 445.1966, calc. 445.1970.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, a solution of example 93A (34 mg, 76 μmol, 1 eq.) and (1S,2R,5S)-(+)-menthol (12 mg, 76 μmol, 1 eq.) in dichloromethane is provided. At 0° C., DMAP (17.3 mg, 84 μmol, 1.1 eq.) is added, and a solution of DCC (17.3 mg, 84 μmol, 1.1 eq.) in dichloromethane (0.5 ml) is slowly added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at RT until the HPLC chromatogram (method 5) indicates complete conversion (about 2 h). The reaction mixture is subsequently filtered through kieselguhr and concentrated in vacuo, and ethyl acetate/petroleum ether 3:1 is added. A white solid precipitates and is removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated and prepurified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 3:1). Purification is by preparative HPLC (method 43). The title compound (17 mg, 38% of theory) is obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.74 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.72 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.46 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=483 (100), 527 (80), 583 (40) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=0.71 (d, 3H, J=7 Hz, CH3), 0.81 (d, 3H, J=7 Hz, CH3), 0.81-0.84 (m, 3H), 0.87 (d, 3H, J=7 Hz, CH3), 1.00-1.06 (m, 1H), 1.22-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.35 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 1.61-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.92 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H, OMe), 4.49 (dd, 1H, J=4.5, 9.5 Hz, β-H), 4.59 (dt, J=4.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H, O—CH), 4.91 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H, PhCH2O), 4.97 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H, PhCH2O), 5.17 (dd, J=4.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H, β-H), 6.86 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz, ArH), 7.16-7.24 (m, 4H, ArH), 7.28-7.34 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.46 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz, NH), 7.55 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz, NH).
A mixture of example 93A (261 mg, 0.59 mmol), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethanol (694 mg, 5.87 mmol, 10 eq.) and 4 Å molecular sieves (about 20 mg) in dry dichloromethane p.a. (10 ml) is stirred under an argon protective gas atmosphere at RT for 10 min. Subsequently, at −30° C., DCC (244 mg, 1.17 mmol, 2 eq.) and DMAP (71 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq.) are added. The reaction mixture is allowed to thaw (about 12 h) and is stirred at RT until the HPLC chromatogram (method 5) indicates complete conversion (12 h). The reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuo at RT and purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 3:1). 244 mg (76% of theory, 99% ee) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=8.2 min.
[α]20Na=+10° (c=0.1 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.34 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.42 min.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3361, 2931, 2118, 1735, 1706, 1681, 1515, 1247, 1165, 1019.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.16 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=166 (100), 545 (15) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C28H41N2O7Si [M+H]+ found 545.2678, calc. 545.2678.
Example 94A (130 mg, 0.29 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 96A (reaction time: 12 h). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (149 mg, 94% of theory, >99.5% ee).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=7.2 min.
[α]20Na=−−9° (c=0.1 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=5.34 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=5.32 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.24 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=545 (100) [M+H]+.
Example 96A (222 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1 eq.) is suspended in dichloromethane (3 ml) and subsequently, under an argon protective gas atmosphere, trifluoroacetic acid (9 ml) is added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 15 min until the HPLC chromatogram shows complete conversion (method 5). The solvent is then distilled off in vacuo, during which the bath temperature should not exceed 30° C. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC (method 43). 179 mg (79% of theory, >99.5% ee) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=8.66 min.
[α]20Na=+20° (c=0.22 in MeOH).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.33 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.55 min.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 2956, 1672, 1613, 1518, 1251, 1181, 1138, 1029.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.18 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=225 (100), 549 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=−0.07 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.43-0.52 (m, 2H, CH2Si), 3.75 (s, 3H, OMe), 3.74-3.78 (m, 1H, CH2CH2Si), 3.82-3.88 (m, 1H, CH2CH2Si), 4.38-4.42 (m, 1H, β-H), 4.58 (tapp, J=approx. 9.0 Hz, 1H, α-H), 5.08 (s, 2H, PhCH2O), 6.98 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz, ArH), 7.34-7.40 (m, 8H, ArH), 8.07 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz, NH), 8.49 (s, br, 2H, 2 NH).
13C NMR (125 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=−1.8 (3C, (Si(CH3)3)), 16.3 (CH2Si), 54.5 (Cβ), 55.1 (Cα), 57.7 (OMe), 62.9 (CH2CH2Si), 66.0 (PhCH2O), 113.9 (2C), 125.3, 127.8 (2C), 127.9, 128.3 (2C), 129.4 (2C), 136.4, 155.8 (CO2Bn), 159.9, 168.9 (CO2TMSE).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H33N2O5Si [M+H]+ found 445.2168, calc. 445.2154.
Example 96A (120 mg, 0.22 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 98A (reaction time: 50 min). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (71 mg, 56% of theory, >99.5% ee).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 16): Rt=7.49 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.33 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.50 min.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 2956, 1672, 1613, 1518, 1251, 1181, 1138, 1029. HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H33N2O5Si [M+H]+ found 445.2151, calc. 445.2154.
Method A: Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, di-tert-butyldicarbonate (369 mg, 1.69 mmol, 2.5 eq.) and N-methylmorpholine (68 mg, 680 μmol, 1 eq.) are added to a solution of the degradation product from example 3A (690 mg, 680 μmol) in water-dioxane 1:2 (30 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred until the HPLC chromatogram (method 1) shows complete conversion (about 48 h). Potassium dihydrogen phosphate (5 eq.) is added to the reaction mixture and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC (method 43 or method 30 followed by a subsequent salt metathesis of the chromatography product by adding TFA (2000 μmol, as a 0.05% solution in acetonitile-water 1:1)). 531 mg (70% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
Method B: Edman3.0 precursor trifluoroacetate (100 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq.) is firstly gel chromatographed (method 45, MeOH, 0.2% TFA). Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (43 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq.) is added to a solution of this material in water (1 ml) and dioxane (2 ml) at RT, and NMM (21.6 μL, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq.) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT until (about 12 h) the analytical HPLC monitoring (method 8) indicates sufficient conversion (>99%). Potassium dihydrogen phosphate (67 mg, 0.49 mmol, 5 eq.) is added, the reaction mixture is concentrated on a rotary evaporator and then fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 26). 83 mg (76% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
[α]20Na=−18.0° (c=0.19 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 2): Rt=1.7 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.57 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.79 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.70 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=453 (100), 1005 (80) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1003 (100) [M−H]−.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=4.6 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=453.5 (60) [M-C4H8—CO2+2H]2+, 1006 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1004 (100) [M−H]−.
IR νmax (NaCl, cm−1): 3288, 2966, 2359, 2341, 1645, 1520, 1368, 1160, 1137, 1054.
1H NMR (500 MHz, d5-pyridine) δ=9.72 (br. s, 1H, NH-Glu6), 9.31 (br d, J=approx. 7.0 Hz, 1H, NH-Arg3), 9.23 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H, NH-Leu2), 9.19 (br. s, 1H, εNH-Arg3), 9.00 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H, NH-βOH-Asn7), 8.88 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H, NH-Thr5), 8.78 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H, NH-Ile4), 8.64 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, NH-Ser8), 8.40 (br. s, 1H, NH2—βOH-Asn7), 8.34 (br. s, 1H, NH2—βOH-Asn7), 5.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, αCH—βOH-Asn7), 5.51 (s, 1H, δCH-βOH-Asn7), 5.11-5.09 (m, 1H, αCH-Ser8), 5.04 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, αCH-Thr5), 4.95-4.91 (m, 3H, αCH-Arg3 and αCH-βOH-Leu1 and αCH-Leu2), 4.82 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H, αCH-Ile4), 4.71-4.66 (m, 1H, ⊕CH-Thr5), 4.44 (dd, J=4.5 and 10.5 Hz, 1H, βCH-Ser8), 4.31-4.26 (m, 3H, βCH-Ser8 and βCH-βOH-Leu1 and αCH-Gly6), 4.20 (dd, J=6.0 and 16.5 Hz, 1H, αCH-Gly6), 3.43 (br d, J=approx. 6.0 Hz, 2H, δCH-Arg3), 2.39-2.36 (m, 2H, βCH-Arg3 and βCH-Ile4), 2.27-2.20 (m, 1H, βCH-Arg3), 2.10-2.05 (m, 2H, γCH-βOH-Leu1 and γCH-Arg3), 1.93-1.79 (m, 4H, βCH-Leu2, γCH-Leu2, γCH-Arg3 and γCH-Ile4), 1.55 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H, γCH3-Thr5), 1.45 (s, 9H, O-tBu), approx. 1.47 (hidden, 1H, γCH-Ile4), 1.17-1.15 (m, 4H, γCH3—βOH-Leu1 and γCH-Ile4), 1.05 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H, γCH3—βOH-Leu1), 1.05 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H, δCH3-Ile4), 0.80 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H, δCH3-Leu2), 0.78 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H, δCH3-Leu2).
13C NMR (125 MHz, d5-pyridine) δ=175.58 (γCO—βOH-Asn7), 174.23 (CO—βOH-Leu1), 173.97 (CO-Arg3), 173.89 (CO-Ser8 or CO-Leu2), 173.69 (CO-Thr5), 173.55 (CO-Ser8 or CO-Leu2), 172.48 (CO-Ile4), 170.90 (CO—βOH-Asn7), 170.50 (CO-Gly6), 158.67 (ζC-Arg3), 157.06 (CO-Boc), 79.13 (C-Boc), 77.09 (βCH—βOH-Leu1), 72.29 (βCH—βOH-Asn7), 68.32 (βCH-Thr5), 63.24 (δCH-Ser8), 59.79 (αCH-Ile4), 59.60 (αCH-Thr5), 58.35 (αCH-βOH-Leu1), 57.11 (αCH—βOH-Asn7), 56.94 (αCH-Ser8), 54.06 (αCH-Arg3), 53.60 (αCH-Leu2), 44.32 (αCH2-Gly6), 41.75 (δCH2-Arg3), 40.41 (βCH2-Leu2), 36.70 (δCH-Ile4), 31.56 (γCH—βOH-Leu1), 29.47 (δCH2-Arg3), 28.48 (Me3-Boc), 26.11 (γCH-Arg3), 25.74 (γCH2-Ile4), 24.93 (γCH-Leu2), 22.94 (δCH3-Leu2), 21.71 (δCH3-Leu2), 21.20 (γCH-Thr5), 19.48 (δCH3—βOH-Leu1), 19.43 (δCH3—βOH-Leu1), 16.02 (γCH-Ile4), 11.20 (δCH3-Ile4).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C42H77N12O16 [M+H]+ found 1005.5560, calc. 1005.5576.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, firstly HATU (2.5 eq., 71 mg, 186 μmol) is added to a solution of example 98A (1.2 eq., 50 mg, 89 μmol), of the octapeptide acid (example 10A, 1.0 eq., 83 mg, 75 μmol) and N-methylmorpholine (3.5 eq., 29 μmol) in dry dimethylformamide (0.5 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. (about 3 h). The reaction mixture then shows complete conversion of the amine component (HPLC monitoring, method 5). Solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate (101 mg, 746 μmol, 10 eq.) is added to the reaction mixture and the mixture is filtered and then evaporated under high vacuum and purified by chromatography (method 43). 96.5 mg (84% of theory) of product are obtained.
[α]20Na=−6 (c=0.04 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.47 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.88 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.26 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=652 (100), 1432 (50) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1430 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H107N14O20Si [M+H]+ found 1431.7570, calc. 1431.7550.
Example 99A (65 mg, 0.116 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 101A (reaction time: 150 min). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (111 mg, 74% of theory).
[α]20Na=−17° (c=0.09 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.47 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.87 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.16 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=652 (100), 1432 (60) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1430 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H107N14O20Si [M+H]+ found 1431.7509, calc. 1431.7550.
Example 101A (96 mg, 62 μmol) is provided in dry THF (4 ml) under an argon protective gas atmosphere. While stirring vigorously at RT, a 1 N TBAF-THF solution (310 μl, 5 eq.) is added dropwise. Further portions of TBAF (each 5 eq.) are added at regular intervals of 30 min. After about 45 eq., the HPLC chromatogram (method 5) shows complete conversion. The reaction mixture is then neutralized with potassium dihydrogen phosphate (253 mg, about 30 eq.). The reaction mixture is filtered, evaporated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC (method 43). 83 mg (93% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.93 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.27 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.00 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=616 (100), 1332 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1330 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H95N14O20 [M+H]+ found 1331.6844, calc. 1331.6842.
Example 102A (105 mg, 0.068 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 103A (total of 45 eq. of TBAF). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (90 mg, 99% of theory).
[α]20Na=−9° (c=0.135 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.93 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.15 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.80 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=616 (100), 1332 (40) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=664 (60), 1330 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H95N14O20 [M+H]+ found 1331.6840, calc. 1331.6842.
According to method 1 example 103A (10 mg, 7 μmol) is reacted under an argon protective gas atmosphere. 9.3 mg (99.9% of theory) of the title compound are obtained after freeze-drying.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.47 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.50 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=616 (100), 1232 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1230 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H87N14O18 [M+H]+ found 1231.6300, calc. 1231.6318.
According to procedure 1 example 104A (240 mg, 166 μmol) is reacted under an argon protective gas atmosphere 116 mg (57% of theory) of the title compound are obtained after freeze drying.
[α]20Na=−24° (c=0.07 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.47 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.83 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.51 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=616 (100), 1232 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1230 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H87N14O18 [M+H]+ found 1231.6361, calc. 1231.6318.
HATU (1.5 mg, 8 μmol, 5 eq.) is firstly added to a solution of example 105A (1.9 mg, 2 μmol, 1 eq.) and NMM (1.7 μL, 15 μmol, 10 eq.) in dry DMF (200 μl) at 0° C. under an argon protective gas atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. (about 90 min). The reaction mixture then shows complete conversion of the amine component (HPLC monitoring, method 5). Solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate (20 eq., 4.2 mg, 31 μmol) is added, and the reaction mixture is filtered and then evaporated under high vacuum and purified by chromatography (method 45). 1.8 mg (96% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.65 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.91 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.67 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1214 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H85N14O17 [M+H]+ found 1213.6232, calc. 1213.6312.
Example 106A (120 mg, 0.097 mmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 107A (reaction time 1 h). The title compound is obtained as a solid (39 mg, 33% of theory).
[α]20Na=−58° (c=0.07 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.71 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.98 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.74 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1214 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1212 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H85N14O17 [M+H]+ found 1213.6227, calc. 1213.6312.
Example 107A (65 mg, 49 μmol) is dissolved in methanol (5 ml) and, under an argon protective gas atmosphere, 10 percent palladium-carbon (10 mg) as well as aqueous 1 N hydrochloric acid (250 μl) are added. Hydrogenation is carried out at RT and under atmospheric pressure until (about 90 min) the analytical HPLC (method 5) indicates complete conversion. The reaction mixture is filtered (through kieselguhr, Celite® or a syringe filter, Biotage, PTFE), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (method 43). 40.6 mg (63% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
[α]20Na=−21° (c=0.06 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.28 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.55 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.20 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=540 (100), 1079 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1077 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C47H78N14O15 [M+H]+ found 1079.5835, calc. 1079.5844.
Example 108A (12 mg, 9 μmol) is reacted in analogy to the preparation method for example 109A (reaction time 90 min). As product the title compound is obtained as a solid (10.3 mg, 87% of theory).
[α]20Na=−52° (c=0.03 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.18 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.52 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.25 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=540 (100), 1079 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1077 (100) [M−H]−.
HATU (2.2 mg, 6 μmol, 2.5 eq.) is firstly added to a solution of example 109A (3.0 mg, 2 μmol, 1.0 eq.), the dipeptide acid (example 10A, 2.3 mg, 6 μmol, 2.5 eq.) and NMM (11 μmol, 5 eq.) in dry DMF (1 ml) at −30° C. under an argon protective gas atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred and slowly warms (about 1 h) to 0° C. NMM (6 μmol, 2.5 eq. each time) and HATU (6 μmol, 2.5 eq. each time) are added to the reaction mixture at regular intervals (30 min) until the HPLC monitoring (method 5) indicates complete conversion of the amine component. In total, about 20 eq. of NMM and HATU are required for this. Solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate (9.4 mg, 69 μmol, 30 eq.) is added, and the reaction mixture is filtered and then evaporated under high vacuum and purified by chromatography (method 43). 2 mg (55% of theory) of product are obtained.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.2 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=4.49 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.07 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=734 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1468 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=678 (100), 732 (5) [M−2H]2−, 1466 (10) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C69H111N16O19 [M+H]+ found 1467.8228, calc. 1467.8206.
Preparation in analogy to example 111A from the compound of example 109A (30 mg, 23 μmol) and exemplary compound 10A (23.3 mg, 57 μmol, 2.5 eq.). The crude product is purified by chromatography (method 43), whereby after freeze drying 25 mg (69% of theory) of product are obtained as a solid.
[α]20Na=−62° (c=0.06 in methanol).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=4.4 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.31 min.
MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=734 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1468 (20) [M+H]+;
MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=678 (70), 733 (100) [M−2H]2−, 1466 (10) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C69H111N16O19 [M+H]+ found 1467.8206, calc. 1467.8206.
4-Bromobenzaldehyde (50.0 g, 270 mmol), malonic acid (28.1 g, 270 mmol) and ammonium acetate (27.7 g, 359 mmol, 1.3 eq.) are dissolved in ethanol (400 ml). The mixture is heated at reflux for 16 h. The resulting solid is collected on a glass filter funnel, collected with suction filtration and washed with ethanol. The residue is then recrystallized from methanol (80 ml). It is subsequently triturated with ethyl acetate and collected by suction filtration. 41.0 g (0.16 mmol, 62% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless crystalline solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.13 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=0.97 min, MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=242.0 (100) and 244.0 (80) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=2.36-2.38 (m, 2H, 2-H), 4.25 (“t”, J=6.8, 7.6 Hz, 2H, 3-H), 6.56 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H, N—H), 7.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, N—H), 7.52-7.71 (m, 4H, arom. H).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, DCOOD) δ=36.5 (CH2, C-2), 51.9 (CH, C-3), 123.7 (C quat), 129.2 (CH), 132.4 (CH), 133.5 (C quat), 174.0 (C quat, C-1).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C9H11NO2Br [M+H]+ calc. 243.9968, found 243.9980.
41.0 g (157 mmol) of compound 113A are suspended in methanol (1000 ml) under an argon protective gas atmosphere. 102 ml (410 mmol, 2.6 eq.) of 4 M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane are added. The starting material dissolves spontaneously on the addition of the hydrochloric acid, and the mixture is stirred at RT overnight. The mixture is then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The product (51.8 g, purity about 69%, yield 77% of theory) is obtained as a solid and employed without further purification in the next step.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.35 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.24 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=240.9 (20) and 242.8 (20) [M—NH2+H]+.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=2.99 (dd, J2,3=8.7 Hz, J2,2=16.4 Hz, 1H, 2-HA), 3.16 (dd, J2,3=4.0 Hz, J2,2=16.4 Hz, 1H, 2-HB), 3.56 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.62 (br. s, 1H, 3-H), 7.49 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 2′-H), 7.65 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 2′-H), 8.64 (br. s, 2H, NH2).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ=43.8 (CH2, C-2), 51.8 (CH3, OCH3), 52.1 (CH, C-3), 121.2 (C quat, C-4′), 128.0 (CH, C-arom.), 131.7 (CH, C-arom.), 143.6 (C quat, C-1′), 172.2 (C quat, C-1).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C10H13NO2Br [M+H]+ calc. 258.0125, found 258.0119.
Compound 114A (51.8 g, 121 mmol, 69% purity) is dissolved in 1,4-dioxane/water (2:1, 540 ml). Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (29.1 g, 133 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and triethylamine (38.8 ml, 28.22 g, 2.3 eq.) are added, and the mixture is stirred at RT for 150 min. The dioxane is distilled off in vacuo, and 150 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution are added. Part of the product 115A precipitates spontaneously and is isolated by filtration. The phases of the filtrate are separated, and the organic phase is washed with 0.5 M citric acid, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. A further fraction 115A is obtained from the residue by trituration with methanol. Total yield: 32.9 g (92 mmol, 76% of theory) of the title compound as solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.80 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.37 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=358.0 (15) and 360.0 (15) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO)=1.34 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.62-2.79 (m, 2H, 2-H), 3.55 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.87 (dd, J=7.9 Hz, J2=15.1 Hz, 1H, 3-H), 7.26 (d, J2′, 3′8.3 Hz, 2H, 2′-H), 7.51 (d, J2′, 3′=8.3 Hz, 2H, 3′-H).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ=28.3 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 40.4 (CH2, C-2), 50.6 (CH, C-3), 51.9 (CH3, OCH3), 79.9 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 121.4 (C quat, C-4′), 127.9 (CH, C-arom.), 131.7 (CH, C-arom.), 140.3 (C quat, C-1′), 155.0 (C quat, COC(CH3)3, 171.2 (C quat, C-1).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C15H21NO4Br [M+H]+ calc. 358.0649, found 358.0659.
The racemic compound 115A is separated into the title compound (96% ee) and the other enantiomer (>99% ee) by chiral HPLC (method 42). 750 mg of 115A are loaded per run. The (S) enantiomer (example 116A) and the (R) enantiomer are isolated quantitatively in 50% of theory in each case.
Determination of enantiomers by method 17.
HPLC/UV-VIS (Method 17): Rt=4.31 min. (title compound)
[α]20Na=−38.6 (c=1.0, MeOH). (title compound)
HPLC/UV-VIS (Method 17): Rt=3.82 min. (further enantiomer)
[α]20Na=+36.8 (c=1.0, MeOH). (further enantiomer)
When carrying out this reaction, care must be taken that oxygen and moisture are strictly excluded and the reagents are kept under a dry argon protective gas atmosphere, because otherwise only inadequate conversion takes place. Because the size of the microwave limits the batch size, larger amounts are divided into portions of about 7 mmol of example 116A and processed sequentially.
Example 116A (2.5 g, 6.98 mmol), dimethylamine (1 M in THF, 16 ml, 32 mmol, 4.6 eq.), XPHOS (0.4 g, 0.84 mmol, 0.12 eq.), cesium carbonate (3.2 g, 9.75 mmol, 1.4 eq.) and bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (0.20 g, 0.35 mmol, 0.05 eq.) are mixed under an argon protective gas atmosphere in a 20 ml microwave reaction vessel and crimp-sealed. The mixture is heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer Single-Mode laboratory microwave reactor) at 170° C. for 1 h. After cooling, extraction is carried out with water and ethyl acetate, and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed, the residue is dissolved in methanol, the solution is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated. 117A is obtained in a yield of 2.0 g (6.19 mmol, 89% of theory) and in a purity sufficient for further reaction.
For analytical purposes, a sample of example 117A is fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 33).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.84 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=323.3 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−31.0 (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=1.35 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.63 (dd, J2,3=6.6 Hz, Jgem=15.5 Hz, 1H, 2-HA), 2.72 (dd, J2,3=8.8 Hz, Jgem=15.5 Hz, 1H, 2-HB), 2.93 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 3.54 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.84 (m, 1H, 3-H), 6.88 (br. s, 2H, 2′-H), 7.20 (d, J2′,3′=8.3 Hz, 2H, 3′-H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, N—H).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ=28.3 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 40.3 (CH2, C-2), 44.9 (CH3, N(CH3)2), 50.3 (CH, C-3), 52.0 (CH3, OCH3), 80.1 (COC(CH3)3), 119.1 (CH, C-3′), 128.0 (CH, C-2′), 140.3 (C quat, C-1′), 144.1 (C quat, C-4′), 155.1 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 171.2 (C quat, C-1).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C17H27N2O4 [M+H]+ calc. 322.1893, found 322.1890.
A 1 M LHMDS-solution in THF (21.3 ml, 21.29 mmol, 2.2 eq.) is added to 70 ml of abs. THF under an argon protective gas atmosphere and cooled to −78° C. A solution of compound 117A (3.1 g, 9.68 mmol) in THF (35 ml) is added and the solution is warmed to −25° C., at which temperature it is then stirred for a further 10 min. The mixture is then cooled again to −78° C., dibenzyl azadicarboxylate (3.2 g, 10.65 mmol, 1.1 eq.) is added all at once, and the mixture is stirred for 3 h. At the end the reaction is stopped with acetic acid (2.8 ml, 48.39 mmol, 5 eq.) at −78° C. and stirred for a further 15 min. at this temperature. After warming to RT, an aqueous conc. sodium bicarbonate solution is added and extraction is carried out with several portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are washed with an aq. sat. sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The amorphous orange-brown residue is covered with a layer of diethyl ether and left to stand for some hours. Part of the product of example 118A separates out in the form of crystals during this time. The remaining product of example 118A can be isolated from the filtrate by flash chromatography (Biotage 40M silica gel, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 3:1) and renewed crystallization in the presence of diethyl ether, the product being mixed with the diastereomer of example 119A. Total yield of all stereoisomers and mixtures: 1.5 g (2.48 mmol, 18% of theory).
For analytical purposes, a sample of pure diastereomer of example 118A is fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 33).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.52 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.87 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=621.5 (50) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−22.8 (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO)=1.30 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.86 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 3.30 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.74-5.11 (m, 6H), 6.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.51 (m, 12H, arom. H).
The compound of example 118A (1.6 g, 1.90 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (60 ml). At 0° C., TMG (2.6 ml, 20.93 mmol, 11 eq.) is added and the reaction is stirred at RT overnight. To stop the reaction, the mixture is first cooled to 0° C. and acetic acid (1.3 ml, 22.83 mmol, 12 eq.) is then added. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with 3 portions of dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts are concentrated. The residue is triturated with an ethyl acetate/diethyl ether mixture. The compound of example 119A crystallizes, and the compound of example 118A remains predominantly in the supernatant. The latter is concentrated and again subjected to the isomerization with 2 ml of TMG and dichloromethane (40 ml). A second portion of the title compound of example 119A is obtained thereby. The supernatant of the crystallization is chromatographed (method 33) and reisomerized, and a third portion of example 119A is obtained. Total yield: 1.1 g (1.72 mmol, 90% of theory) of example 119A in the form of crystals.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.76 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=3.12 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=621.5 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) 619.5 (60) [M−H]−.
[α]20Na=−118 (c=1.0, CHCl3).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO)=1.30 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.86 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 3.30 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.75-5.23 (m, 4H), 6.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.61 (m, 12H), 8.29 (br. s, 1H, N—H), 8.72 (br. s, 1H, N—H).
13C-NMR (126 MHz,) δ=27.94 and 28.07 (CH3, C(CH3)3), 51.31 (CH3), 51.62 (CH3), 51.98 (CH, C-7), 61.81 (CH, C-6), 66.18 and 66.32 and 66.50 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 67.49 and 67.65 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 78.68 and 78.90 (C quat, C-11), 111.74 (CH, C-3′), 123.54 (CH), 124.06 (CH), 126.76 (CH), 127.18 (CH), 127.30 (CH), 127.55 (CH), 127.76 (CH), 127.83 (CH), 127.98 (CH), 128.24 (CH), 128.30 (CH), 128.79 (CH), 135.59 (C quat), 135.77 (C quat), 135.99 (C quat), 136.11 (C quat), 149.74 (C quat), 154.21 (C quat), 154.68 (C quat), 154.92 (C quat), 155.03 (C quat), 155.14 (C quat), 156.09 (C quat), 156.24 (C quat), 166.97 (C quat, C═O).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C33H41N4O8 [M+H]+ calc. 621.2919, found 621.2922.
The compound of example 119A (938 mg, 1.51 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane-methanol 1:1 (30 ml). Raney nickel (about 200 mg) is added under an argon protective gas atmosphere, and the mixture is hydrogenated under 80 bar for 4 d. When no starting material is detectable any longer by HPLC (method 5), the catalyst is removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated. 0.6 g of crude product (purity about 70%) are obtained and are employed without further purification in the next step. For analytical purposes, a sample of the pure compound from example 120A is fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 27).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.25 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.34 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=338.2 (30) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−11.5° (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=1.37 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.90 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 3.54 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.24 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H, β-H), 4.96 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, α-H), 6.73 (d, J2′,3′=8.0 Hz, 2H, 3′-H), 7.13 (d, J2′,3′=8.0 Hz, 2H, 2′-H), 7.46 (d, J=9.6 Hz, H, NH), 8.470 (br. s, 2H, NH2).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=28.07 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 40.19 (CH3, N(CH3)2), 52.68 (CH3, OCH3), 54.11 (CH, C-β), 56.79 (CH, C-α), 78.87 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 112.53 (CH, C-3′), 127.65 (CH, C-2′), 149.87 (C quat), 154.61 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 167.96 (C quat, CO2CH3).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C17H28N3O4 [M+H]+ calc. 338.2075, found 338.2064.
550 mg (1.14 mmol, 70% purity) of the compound of example 120A are dissolved in dioxane/water 8:2.8. Sodium bicarbonate (479 mg, 5.71 mmol, 5 eq.) and benzyl chlorformate (212 μl, 1.48 mmol, 1.3 eq.) are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 2.5 h. The mixture is then extracted with water and ethyl acetate, and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The title compound of example 121A can be obtained as crystals from the residue by trituration with diethyl ether. Yield: 490 mg (1.04 mmol, 91% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.14 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.52 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=472.3 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−13.4° (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=1.36 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 2.86 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 3.30 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.45 (dd, Jα,ββ=4.2 Hz, J=9.3 Hz, 1H, β-H), 4.94 (d, Jgem=12.5 Hz, 1H, OCH2Ph), 4.99 (d, Jgem=12.5 Hz, 1H, OCH2Ph), 5.15 (dd, Jα,ββ=4.2 Hz, J=10.3 Hz, 1H, α-H), 6.65 (d, J2′,3′=8.8 Hz, 2H, 3′-H), 7.10 (d, J2′,3′=8.8 Hz, 2H, 2′-H), 7.23-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.54 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C-NMR—(126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=28.0 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 41.1 (CH3, N(CH3)2), 52.0 (CH3, OCH3), 53.8 (CH, C-β), 59.0 (CH, C-α), 65.4 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 78.3 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 113.7 (CH), 126.9 (C quat), 127.3 (CH), 127.5 (CH), 127.8 (CH), 128.2 (C quat), 128.3 (CH), 136.6 (C quat), 154.6 (C quat, NCO2), 156.0 (NCO2), 170.7 (CO2CH3).
HR-TOF-MS: C25H34N3O6 [M+H]+ calc. 472.2443, found 472.2460.
Compound 121A (444 mg, 0.94 mmol) is dissolved in a mixture of 5 ml of THF and 830 μl of water. At 0° C., 99 mg (2.35 mmol, 2.5 eq.) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate are added. The reaction is carried out at 0° C. for about 2 h until no starting material 121A is detectable any more (HPLC, method 5). The reaction is then stopped with acetic acid (620 μl, 2.83 mmol, 3 eq.). The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is distilled off. Yield: 430 mg (quant.).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.80 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.21 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=458.2 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=456.3 (100) [M−H]−.
[α]20Na=−16.5 (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO)=4.39 (dd, Jα,β=3.5 Hz, J=9.6 Hz, 1H, β-H), 4.92 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, OCH2Ph), 4.97 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, OCH2Ph), 5.19 (dd, Jα,β=3.5 Hz, J=10.0 Hz, 1H, α-H), 6.86 (br. s, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.48 (d, J=1 Hz, 1H, NH), 13.0 (br. s, 1H, COOH).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO)=28.0 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 41.2 (CH3, N(CH3)2), 53.9 (CH, C-β), 58.8 (CH, C-α), 65.3 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 78.1 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 113.7 (CH), 126.7 (C quat), 127.1 (CH), 127.3 (CH), 127.6 (CH), 128.1 (C quat), 128.2 (CH), 136.9 (C quat), 154.7 (C quat, NCO2), 156.1 (NCO2), 171.4 (CO2H).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C24H32N3O6 [M+H]+ calc. 458.2286, found 458.2277.
Compound 122A (408 mg, 0.89 mmol) is dissolved in dry THF (11 ml) at 0° C. under an argon protective gas atmosphere. Pentafluorophenyl diphenylphosphinate (514 mg, 1.34 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and NMM (360 mg, 3.57 mmol, 4 eq.) are added, and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 16 h. The solvent is then removed and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 33: modified gradient: 0-10 min 10% B, ramp, 30 min 65% B, 36-38 min 10% B). Besides 123A (250 mg, 0.40 mmol, 45% of theory), unreacted starting material (example 122A, 41 mg, 9 μmol, 10% of theory) was isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.66 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=3.23 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=624.4 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−19.8° (c=0.5, CH2Cl2).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=1.36 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3, 2.90 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 4.96-5.04 (m, 3H, β-H and OCH2Ph), 5.39 (dd, Jα,β=4.4 Hz, J=10.2 Hz, 1H, α-H), 6.75 (br. s, 2H), 7.21-7.33 (m, 7H), 7.57 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.89 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H, NH).
13C-NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=28.2 (CH3, COC(CH3)3), 43.8. (CH3, N(CH3)2), 55.6 (CH, C-β), 59.1 (CH, C-α), 67.5 (CH2, OCH2Ph), 80.9 (C quat, COC(CH3)3), 117.8 (CH), 124.4 (C quat, m), 128.1 (CH), 128.4 (CH), 128.6 (CH), 128.7 (CH), 132.9 (C quat, m), 136.8 (C quat, m), 138.9 (C quat, m), 139.9 (C quat, m), 141.9 (C quat, m), 155.7 (C quat, NCO2), 156.2 (NCO2), 166.2 (CO2H).
Compound 123A (237 mg, 0.38 mmol) and compound Edman3.0 (exemplary compound 3, 465 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.2 eq.) are dissolved in DMF (40 ml) at 0° C., and DIEA (0.40 ml, 2.28 mmol, 6 eq.) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred further overnight, during which it slowly warms to RT. The DMF is then removed on a rotary evaporator, and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 44). Yield: 550 mg (92% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.62 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.01 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=673.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, MS (ESIneg) m/z (%)=1343 [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H98N15O19 [M+H]+ calc. 1344.7158, found 1344.7155.
550 mg (0.35 mmol) of the compound of example 124A are dissolved in dichloromethane (2 ml) and then 14 ml of 30% TFA in dichloromethane are added. The mixture is stirred at RT for 15 min and then concentrated and dried under oil pump vacuum. The crude product (644 mg, about 70% pure, 0.28 mmol, 80% of theory) is reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=3.46 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.56 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=622.9 (100), [M+2H]2+, MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1242.6 [M−H]−.
The crude product from example 125A (644 mg, 0.28 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (30 ml) and cooled to 0° C. HATU (349 mg, 0.92 mmol, 3 eq.) is added, followed by NMM (200 μl, 1.84 mmol, 6 eq.). After 5 min, the ice bath is removed and the mixture is stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction is stopped by adding methanol and the mixture is initially prepurified by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol). The product-containing fractions are combined and fine purified by preparative HPLC (method 33). Yield: 211 mg (52% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.64 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.70 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=614 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1226.8 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1224.9 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C56H88N15O16 [M+H]+ calc. 1226.6528, found 1226.6534.
The compound of example 126A (209 mg, 0.14 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (50 ml), and 1 M aq. hydrochloric acid (860 μl, 6 eq.) as well as 10% palladium-carbon are added. Hydrogenation is carried out under ambient pressure and at RT for 90 min. The mixture is then filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated. The residue is taken up in water and lyophilized. 170 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=3.19 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.26 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=547.1 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1092.8 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C48H82N15O14 [M+H]+ calc. 1092.6161, found 1092.6133.
The compound of example 127A (85 mg, 71 μmol) and the dipeptide (example 9A, 40 mg, 106 μmol, 1.5 eq.) are dissolved in DMF (4 ml) and cooled to 0° C. NMM (31 μl, 281 μmol, 4 eq.) and HATU (43 mg, 113 μmol, 1.6 eq.) are then added and the ice bath is then removed. The mixture slowly warms to ambient temperature. After 1 h, the reaction is stopped by adding methanol, and chromatography is carried out using methanol as mobile phase (method 45). The eluate is checked by HPLC (method 7), and the product-containing fractions are combined and concentrated. 105 mg of the title compound about 66% pure (65% of theory) are obtained. This material is employed in the next stage without further purification.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=4.47 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.24 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=724.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1448.3 (5) [M+H]+.
The target compound is prepared according to M. Merget, K. Günther, M. Bernd, E. Günther, R. Tacke, J. Organomet. Chem. 2001628, 183-194. The separation of the enantiomers is achieved by preparative HPLC (method 41) on a chiral phase and the isomers are assigned by HPLC comparison with an authentic sample of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-3-trimethylsilylalanine (2R isomer, Mercachem AMR 39.260).
Chiral HPLC (Method 41): Rt=4.16 min, e.e.>99%.
[α]D20=+1.1 (c=0.83, methanol)
Chiral HPLC (Method 41): Rt=9.27 min, e.e.>99%
[α]D20=−1.6 (c=0.66, methanol)
Methyl 2-tert-butyl-L-alaninate trifluoroacetate (215 mg, 0.82 mmol) [S. D. Bull, S. G. Davies, A. C. Garner, M. D. O'Shea, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.], 2001, 3281-3287] and example 129A (225 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1 eq.) are dissolved in DMF (5 ml) at 0° C. NMM (360 μl, 3.29 mmol, 4 eq.) and HATU (470 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1.5 eq.) are then added, and the mixture is stirred at RT for 2 h. Extraction is carried out twice with MTBE and a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, and the combined organic phases are washed with 1 M citric acid and again with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. After purification by chromatography (method 33) 290 mg (0.72 mmol, 88% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=5.37 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=3.02 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=403.5 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ=0.01 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.89 (m, 1H), 1.37 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 1.55 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 1.63 (dd, J=3.4 Hz, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.04 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.96 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, NH).
Example 131A (274 mg, 0.68 mmol) is taken up in THF/water (3:1, 21 ml) and cooled to 0° C. Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (57 mg, 1.36 mmol, 2 eq.) is added and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. Most of the THF is removed in vacuo, the pH is adjusted to 4 by adding 1 M citric acid, and the mixture is extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. After purification by chromatography (method 33 with modified gradient: 0-2 min 30% B, ramp, 30-35 min-90% B) 237 mg (0.61 mmol, 90% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=4.93 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.76 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=389.4 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO)=0.00 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.88 (m, 1H), 1.36 (s, 9H, COC(CH3)3), 1.51 (dd, J=9.3 Hz, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 1.64 (dd, J=3.0 Hz, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.80 (d, J=8.1, 1H, NH), 12.49 (br s, 1H, COOH).
The compound of example 127A (102 mg, 85 μmol) and the dipeptide (example 132A, 50 mg, 127 μmol, 1.5 eq.) are dissolved in DMF (4 ml) and cooled to 0° C. NMM (37 μl, 340 μmol, 4 eq.) and HATU (65 mg, 170 μmol, 2.0 eq.) are then added and the ice bath is then removed. The mixture slowly warms to ambient temperature. After 1 h, the reaction is stopped by adding methanol, and chromatography is carried out on Sephadex LH20 using methanol as mobile phase (method 45). The eluate is checked by HPLC (method 7), and the product-containing fractions are combined and concentrated. 126 mg (82 μmol, 96% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=4.55 min.
HOBt (2.0 g, 15.08 mmol, 4 eq.), NMM (1.2 ml, 1.1 g, 11.31 mmol, 3 eq.), N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine (1.0 g, 3.77 mmol, 1 eq.) [Anderson, McGregor; J. Am. Chem. Soc.; 79; 1957; 6180,6181], EDC (1.4 g, 7.54 mmol, 2 eq.) and again NMM (0.8 ml, 0.8 g, 7.54 mmol, 2 eq.) are successively added to a solution of benzyl L-phenylalaninate hydrochloride (1.1 g, 4.15 mmol, 1.1 eq.) in dichloromethane p.a. (365 ml) at −10° C. The reaction mixture slowly warms to RT and is stirred at this temperature overnight. The solvent is completely removed, and the residue is mixed with ethyl acetate and the mixture is subsequently washed with a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution, 5% aq. citric acid, a sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (500 ml) and a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. The mixture is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The mixture is evaporated to dryness in vacuo and then dried under high vacuum. 1.8 g (96% of theory) of the title compound are obtained and are reacted without further purification.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=9.16 min.
HPLC (Method 4): Rt=5.16 min.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.18/1.27 (2s, 9H, OtBu), 2.47-2.57 (m underneath the H-DMSO-Signal, 1H, β-H), 2.66 (dd, J=13.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 2.91 (dd, J=13.8, 9.4 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 3.09 (dd, J=13.8, 3.1 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 4.19 (td, J=9.3, 4.2 Hz, 1H, α-CH), 4.57 (td, J=8.8, 5.9 Hz, 1H, α-CH), 5.12 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 6.76 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.08-7.43 (m, 15H, Aryl-H), 8.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, NH).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C30H36N2O5 [M+H]+ found 503.2566, calc. 503.2546.
The title compound is prepared from the compound of example 134A (563.0 mg, 1.12 mmol) according to procedure 5. After stirring under a hydrogen atmosphere under atmospheric pressure and at RT for 3 h, a complete conversion is achieved according to the reaction monitoring (method 12). 452.2 mg (97.9% of theory) of product are obtained.
[α]20Na=+33.2° (c=0.57 in CH2Cl2).
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=7.64 min.
HPLC (Method 4): Rt=4.45 min.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ=1.19/1.26 (2s, 9H, OtBu), 2.44-2.56 (m underneath the H-DMSO-Signal, 1H, β-H), 2.69 (dd, J=14.0, 3.8 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 2.86 (dd, J=14.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 3.08 (dd, J=14.0, 4.6 Hz, 1H, β-CH), 4.18 (td, J=9.7, 3.57 Hz, 1H, α-CH), 4.48 (td, J=9.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H, α-CH), 6.71 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.08-7.32 (m, 10H, Aryl-H), 8.27 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, NH), 12.77 (s br., 1H, COOH).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C23H30N2O5 [M+H]+ found 413.2082, calc. 413.2076.
N-[(Benzyloxy)carbonyl]-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-L-alanine (1000.0 mg, 2.96 mmol) [Rane, F. Dinanath et al.; Tetrahedron Lett.; EN; 34; 20; 1993; 3201-3204] is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml), and trimethylsilylethanol (4.2 ml, 3.5 g, 29.55 mmol, 10 eq.), DCC (1.22 g, 5.91 mmol, 2 eq.) and DMAP (361.1 mg, 2.96 mmol, 1 eq.) are successively added to the solution at −20° C. The reaction is warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight and brought to complete conversion. For the workup, the mixture is concentrated, and the residue is taken up in diethyl ether and subsequently extracted twice with water and once with a sat. aq. sodium chloride solution. The etheric phase is dried over sodium sulfate, the desiccant is removed by filtration through silica gel, and most of the solvent is removed from the filtrate on a rotary evaporator. If a precipitate separates out during the concentration, this can be removed again where appropriate through silica gel. The residue obtained is then fine purified by chromatography (method 31) and 1.1 g (86.4% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=9.31 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.97 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=439 (100) [M+H]+.
The title compound is prepared from the compound of example 136A (100.0 mg, 0.23 mmol) as described in procedure 1.41 mg (39.7% of theory) of the product are isolated from the crude product after the fine purification (method 35).
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=6.33 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=4.83 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=339 (15) [M+H]+, 311 (100).
The octapeptide (example 100A, 9.0 mg, 8.04 μmol) and exemplary compound 137A (17.0 mg, 39.95 μmol, 5 equivalents) are provided in DMF (900 μl) under an argon protective gas atmosphere at 0° C. Subsequently, base (9 μl, 0.8 mg, 8.04 μmol, 1 eq.) from an NMM stock solution (0.91 mmol/ml in DMF), HATU (6.1 mg, 16.08 μmol, 2 eq.) and again NMM-solution (9 μl, 0.8 mg, 8.04 μmol, 1 eq.) are successively added to the mixture. After stirring for 15 min, finally NMM stock solution (22 μl, 2 mg, 20.10 μmol, 2.5 eq.) is added, and the mixture is slowly warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. The solution is prepurified by preparative HPLC (method 36) and fine purified by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol with 0.25% glacial acetic acid). 8.0 mg (69.1% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=7.21 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=5.30 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1325 (75) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1323 (100) [M−H]−.
The compound of example 138A (7.5 mg, 5.21 μmol) is provided in 900 μl of THF, and 4 portions of a 1 M TBAF solution in THF (26 μl, 6.8 mg, 26.05 μmol, 5 eq.) are added and, after 15 eq. of base, molecule sieves (4 Å) are also added. The reaction is stirred at RT for 1 h, and complete conversion established by HPLC monitoring (method 12). For the workup, the mixture is neutralized with glacial acetic acid and subsequently concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed by preparative HPLC (method 29). 6.2 mg (88.9% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=6.24 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=4.88 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1224 (80) [M+H]+, 242 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1223 (100) [M−H]−.
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the compound of example 139A (3.1 mg, 2.31 μmol) is provided in dichloromethane (1 ml), and pentafluorophenol (4.3 mg, 23.14 μmol, 10 eq.) is added. The reaction is cooled to −20° C. and finally EDC (1.0 mg, 5.32 μmol, 2.3 eq.) is added, and the mixture is warmed to RT and stirred at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the solvent is completely removed and the residue is freeze dried. The title compound is reacted further as crude product, and a quantitative yield is assumed.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=7.18 min.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=5.56 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1392 (80) [M+H]+.
The title compound is prepared from the compound of example 140A (3.0 mg, 1.99 μmol) according to procedure 3. After the addition of hydrochloric acid at 0° C., complete conversion is established by HPLC monitoring (method 12) after 30 min. The title compound is obtained as crude product, assuming a quantitative yield.
LC-MS (Method 23): Rt=4.47 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1292 (3) [M+H]+, 646 (100) [M+2H]2+, MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1290 (40) [M−H]−, 1106 (100).
Under an argon protective gas atmosphere, the compound of example 141A (3.0 mg, 2.20 μmol) is provided in chloroform (20 ml). Triethylamin (22 μl, 15.8 mg, 131.94 μmol) is dissolved in chloroform (25 ml) and added dropwise to the solution over the course of 1 h. After the addition is complete, the reaction is stirred at RT overnight. For the workup, the mixture is neutralized with TFA, subsequently concentrated in vacuo and prepurified by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol with 0.25% glacial acetic acid). 0.4 mg (15.9% of theory) of the product are isolated after fine purification by preparative HPLC (separation phase: Xterra 10 mm, eluent: 0.1% TFA, acetonitrile-water gradient).
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=5.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.72 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1108 (48) [M+H]+, 132 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1106 (100) [M−H]−.
The title compound (0.4 mg, 0.35 μmol) is prepared from the compound of example 142A as described in procedure 4. Complete conversion is achieved after hydrogenation under atmospheric pressure and at RT for 6 h. 0.3 mg (81.9% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as crude product which is reacted further.
The deprotected amine (example 143A, 0.3 mg, 0.29 μmol) and the dipeptide (1.2 mg, 2.86 μmol, 10 eq.) are provided under an argon protective gas atmosphere in DMF (100 μl), and the solution is cooled to 0° C. The base (16 μl, 147 μg, 1.43 μmol, 5 eq.) from the NMM stock solution (90.9 μmol/ml in DMF), HATU (1.1 mg, 2.95 μmol, 10.3 eq.) and further NMM stock solution (16 μl, 147 μg, 1.43 μmol, 5 eq.) are added, and the reaction is stirred for 15 min. Finally, base (40 μl, 367 μg, 3.62 μmol, 12.5 eq.) is again added to the mixture, which is brought to RT while stirring. Stirring is continued at this temperature overnight. For the workup, the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and fine purified by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol). 0.3 mg (70.6% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 12) Rt=7.80 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=2.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1368 (5) [M+H]+, 634 (100); MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1367 (30) [M−H]−, 683 (100) [M−2H]2−.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 41A, 500 mg, 0.75 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected amino acid bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=497.5 (60) [M+H]+, 441.4 (100); MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=495.5 (5) [M−H]−, 273.4 (100).
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 145A, 500 mg, 0.75 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected amino acid bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with (N2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl)-N5-(imino{[(2,2,5,7,8-penta-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)sulfonyl]amino}methyl)-D-ornithine (740 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (0.39 ml, 289 mg, 2.24 mmol, 3 eq.) and TBTU (318 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2 equivalents) overnight to give the Fmoc-protected tripeptide. The workup of the polymer takes place in analogy to procedure 7. The corresponding side chain-protected dipeptide is confirmed after a sample removal.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=919.5 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=917.7 (100) [M−H]−.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 146A, 500 mg, 0.75 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected amino acid bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.27 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1033.3 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1032.2 (100) [M−H]−.
The Fmoc protecting group is removed from the polymer (example 147A, 500 mg, 0.75 mmol) as described in procedure 7. The deprotected amino acid bound to the resin is subsequently reacted with (3R)—N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-hydroxy-L-leucine (276 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (0.26 ml, 193 mg, 1.49 mmol, 2 eq.) and TBTU (359 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) overnight to give the Boc-protected pentapeptide. It is then washed with DMF, THF and finally dichloromethane and removed from the resin with a mixture of glacial acetic acid, trifluoroethanol and dichloromethane (1+1+3). The crude reaction product is purified by chromatography. The title compound is isolated in a yield of 145 mg (19% of theory).
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=3.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1040.0 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1038.0 (100) [M−H]−.
500 mg (1.69 mmol) of benzyl N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-
HPLC (Method 3): Rt=3.10 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=1.94 min; MS (ESIpos) m/z (%)=196.0 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 149A (500 mg, 1.62 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-
HPLC (Method 4): Rt=3.81 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=283.5 (100) [M-Boc+H]+; 383.6 (30) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 150A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 780 mg (69% of theory) from the compound of example 149A (780 mg, 2.52 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-3-(3-pyridyl)-L-alanine (707 mg, 2.52 mmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.61 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.82 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=444.2 (100), [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 150A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 275 mg (55% of theory) from the compound of example 149A (350 mg, 1.13 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.50 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.23 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=443.2 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=441 (50) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C24H31N2O6 calc. 443.2177, found 443.2180 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 150A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 196 mg (49% of theory) from benzyl O3-(tert-butyl)-
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.73 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.56 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=453.0 (100) [M+H]+.
Benzyl
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.91 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=397.0 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C19H29N2O7 calc. 397.1970, found 397.1971 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 150A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 277 mg (78% of theory) from benzyl
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.05 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.81 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=367.2 (50) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 150A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 313 mg (39% of theory) from benzyl
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.78 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=410.1 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C19H27N3O7 calc. 410.1922, found 410.1914 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 150A (290 mg, 0.76 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 451 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.16 min; MS (ESIpos) m/z (%)=283.0 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 151A (460 mg, 0.99 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 565 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.03 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.23 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 344.2 (30) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 152A (275 mg, 0.62 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 285 mg (93% of theory) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.33 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.14 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 343.3 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%) 341.3 (100) [M−H]−.
The compound of example 153A (195 mg, 0.43 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 235 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.20 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 297 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 154A (286 mg, 0.72 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 326 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.16 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.38 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 297 (15) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C14H21N2O5 calc. 297.1445, found 297.1436 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 155A (277 mg, 0.76 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 285 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.20 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.35 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 267 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 156A (313 mg, 0.76 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 428 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.07 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 310 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 157A (360 mg, 0.85 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (149 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1 equivalent) are dissolved in dichloromethane (4.4 ml) and cooled to 0° C. HATU (485 mg, 1.28 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) is added and then, over the course of 15 min, a solution of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.74 ml, 4.26 mmol, 5 equivalents) in dichloromethane (3 ml) is added dropwise. The mixture is then stirred at room temp. for 24 h and subsequently washed with sodium bicarbonate, and the organic phase is dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated. The crude product is purified by chromatography (method 34). Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. Yield: 220 mg (0.50 mmol, 59% of theory) as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 3) Rt=3.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.93 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=440.7 (100).
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 164A with DMF (1.8 ml) instead of dichloromethane as solvent the title compound is obtained in a yield of 405 mg (85% of theory) from the compound of example 158A (565 mg, 0.95 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (166 mg, 0.95 mmol, 1 equivalent).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.52 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=501.4 (100) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 164A with DMF (2.0 ml) instead of dichloromethane as solvent the title compound is obtained in a yield of 237 mg (82% of theory) from the compound of example 159A (285 mg, 0.58 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (122 mg, 0.70 mmol, 1 equivalent).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.28 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.29 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=500.2 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C26H34N3O7 calc. 500.2392, found 500.2399 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 164A with DMF (1.8 ml) instead of dichloromethane as solvent the title compound is obtained in a yield of 84 mg (34% of theory) from the compound of example 160A (173 mg, 0.49 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (103 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.2 equivalent).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.38 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=510.2 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 161A (295 mg, 0.72 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (126 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.0 equivalent) are provided in DMF at 0° C. TCTU (329 mg, 0.87 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) and NMM (238 μl, 2.16 mmol, 3 equivalents) are then added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and then worked up by chromatography according to method 45. Product-containing fractions are combined and purified by chromatography according to a modified method 32 (gradient: 0-5 min 10% B, 5.01-35 min ramp 85% B, 35.01-40 min 85% B). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 170 mg (52% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.73 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.82 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=454.1 (80) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C21H32N3O8 calc. 454.2184, found 454.2177 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 164A with DMF (1.8 ml) instead of dichloromethane as solvent the title compound is obtained in a yield of 172 mg (43% of theory) from the compound of example 162A (285 mg, 0.75 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (157 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.2 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.83 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=1.85 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=424.4 (100) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 164A with DMF (2.0 ml) instead of dichloromethane as solvent the title compound is obtained in a yield of 208 mg (56% of theory) from the compound of example 163A (428 mg, 0.80 mmol) and N2-tert-butoxycarbonylglycine (167 mg, 0.96 mmol, 1.2 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=1.75 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=467.0 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C21H31N4O8 calc. 467.2137, found 467.2142 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 164A (88 mg, 0.20 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.5 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is reacted further without further purification.
Yield: 118 mg (quant.)
HPLC (Method 3): Rt=3.08 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.56 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=340.0 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 165A (60 mg, 0.12 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.5 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is reacted further without further purification. Yield: 81 mg (quant.)
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.05 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.36 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 401.0 (40) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 166A (63 mg, 0.13 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.0 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is reacted further without further purification. Yield: 65 mg (96% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.35 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=1.26 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=400.1 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=398.1 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C21H26N3O5 calc. 400.1867, found 400.1869 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 167A (82 mg, 0.16 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.5 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is purified by chromatography (method 44). Yield: 43 mg (76% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.16 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.35 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=354 (50) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 168A (169 mg, 0.37 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.5 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product (194 mg, about quant.) is reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.16 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=0.78 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=354.3 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C16H24N4O6 calc. 354.1660, found 354.1648 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 169A (172 mg, 0.32 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 3.0 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is reacted further without purification. Yield: 175 mg (99% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.20 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.41 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=324 (40) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 170A (60 mg, 0.13 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 1.0 ml of the reagent solution. The crude product is reacted further without purification. Yield: 62 mg (quant.).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.14 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=367 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C16H23N4O6 calc. 367.1613, found 367.1609 [M+H]+.
The compounds of example 32A (75 mg, 38 μmol) and 171A (26 mg, 45 μmol, 1.2 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (950 μl), and the solution is cooled to −20° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (29 μl, 263 μmol, 7 equivalents) and HATU (23 mg, 60 μmol, 1.6 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The complete mixture is then put onto an HPLC column and purified by chromatography according to method 33. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 15 mg (34% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.81 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1053 (90) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 34 mg (33% of theory) from the compound of example 32A (80 mg, 83 μmol) and the compound of example 172A (79 mg, 125 μmol, 1.5 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.75 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.52 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=557.6 (100) [M+2H]2+; 1113.8 (10) [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 39 mg (33% of theory) from the compound of example 32A (82 mg, 97 μmol) and the compound of example 173A (65 mg, 126 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.87 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=506.8 (90) [M+2H]2+; 1112.5 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1110.5 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H86N11O14 calc. 1112.6351, found 1112.6343 [M+H]+.
The title compound is obtained in a yield of 21 mg (20% of theory) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A from the compound of example 32A (67 mg, 80 μmol) and the compound of example 174A (31 mg, 88 μmol, 1.1 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.71 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1066.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C49H84N11O15 calc. 1066.6143, found 1066.6130 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 32A (57 mg, 59 μmol) and the compound of example 175A (48 mg, 71 μmol, 1.2 equivalents) are reacted according to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A. The workup takes place on Sephadex LH2O (method 45) followed by chromatography according to a modified method 44 (gradient: 0-5 min 5% B, ramp, 30-35 min 75% B, 35.01-40 min 75% B). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 65 mg (93% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.70 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=483.9 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1066.6 (70) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C49H84N11O15 calc. 1066.6143, found 1066.6134 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A and after an additional purification by chromatography (Kromasil RP-18 5 μm, 100 Å, 250×20 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; 60% A, 40% β isocratic), the title compound is obtained in a yield of 48 mg (50% of theory) from the compound of example 32A (80 mg, 84 μmol) and the compound of example 176A (60 mg, 109 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.99 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.70 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1036.6 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C48H81N11O14 calc. 1036.6038, found 1036.6027 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 178A and after an additional purification by chromatography (Kromasil RP-18 5 μm, 100 Å, 250×20 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; 60% A, 40% β isocratic), the title compound is obtained in a yield of 62 mg (49% of theory) from the compound of example 148A (87 mg, 84 μmol) and the compound of example 36A (50 mg, 101 μmol, 1.2 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.40 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.97 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1403.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C66H107N12O19S calc. 1403.7491, found 1403.7517 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method for the compound of example 178A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 48 mg (31% of theory) from the compound of example 32A (100 mg, 118 μmol) and the compound of example 177A (62 mg, 130 μmol, 1.1 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.66 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=1.66 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 490.3 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1079.6 (80) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C49H83N12O15 calc. 1079.6096, found 1079.6090 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 178A (21 mg, 18 μmol) is hydrogenated in 750 μl of acetic acid in the presence of 5 mg of 10% palladium-carbon at room temperature under atmospheric pressure for 2 h. The mixture is filtered to remove the catalyst and dried to a constant weight under oil pump vacuum. The title compound is obtained in quantitative yield (20 mg) and is reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.56 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.72 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=963.0 (90) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C41H76N11O15 calc. 962.5517, found 962.5537 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 179A (55 mg, 45 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method of the compound of example 186A. After concentration of the crude product it is directly subjected to a Boc removal according to procedure 2 and again concentrated. 41 mg (88% of theory) of the title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.56 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.19 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=462 (40) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=[M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C41H71N12O12 calc. 923.5309, found 923.5321 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 180A (39 mg, 32 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method for preparing the compound of example 186A. 36 mg (quant.) of the title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.55 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.75 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 462 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1022.1 (10) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1020.8 [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C47H80N11O14 calc. 1022.5881, found 1022.5876 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 181A (21 mg, 18 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method of the compound of example 186A. 18 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.58 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.58 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=976.6 (80) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 197A (44 mg, 37 μmol) is dissolved in methanol (5.0 ml), 10% Pd/C (20 mg) is added, and the mixture is hydrogenated at room temperature under atmospheric pressure for 2 h. The mixture is filtered to remove the catalyst and the filtrate is concentrated. 42 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.00 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=439 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=875 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H69N11O13 calc. 876.5150, found 876.5146 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 183A (47 mg, 41 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method of the compound of example 186A. 43 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.62 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.58 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=946.5 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C41H76N11O14 calc. 946.5568, found 946.5569 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 184A (62 mg, 41 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method of the compound of example 186A. 56 mg (96% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.57 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=3.06 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1313.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H101N12O19S calc. 1313.7022, found 1313.7020 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 185A (48 mg, 40 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the preparation method of the compound of example 186A. 42 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.40 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.57 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=445.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, 9989.6 (70) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C42H77N12O15 calc. 989.5626, found 989.5619 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 186A (20 mg, 18 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 20 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.25 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=432 (100) [M+2H]2+, 862.6 (1) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C36H68N11O13 calc. 862.4993, found 862.5027 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 188A (36 mg, 32 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 36 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as solid.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.98 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.11 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=461.8 (100) [M+2H]2+, 922.5 (10) [M+H]+; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=920.5 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C42H72N11O12 calc. 922.5357, found 922.5357 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 189A (18 mg, 17 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 18 mg (94% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.99 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.47 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=439 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H70N11O13 calc. 876.5150, found 876.5161 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 182A (57 mg, 48 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. After purification by chromatography according to a modified method 44 (gradient: 0-5 min 5% B, ramp, 30-35 min 60% B, 35.01-40 min 60% B) 45 mg (78% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.40 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.12 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=483.9 (100) [M+2H]2+, 966.6 (10) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C44H75N11O13 calc. 966.5619, found 966.5643 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 191A (43 mg, 38 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 2 ml of the reagent solution. 45 mg of the crude title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.99 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 424 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C36H67N11O12 calc. 846.5044, found 846.5029 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 192A (56 mg, 39 μmol), 11 μl of water and 11 μl of triisopropylsilane are taken up in 4.0 ml of TFA. After 2 h, the mixture is concentrated and purified by chromatography (method 45). 40 mg of the title compound (90% of theory) are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.30 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=446 (100) [M+2H]2+.
The compound of example 193A (42 mg, 38 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 in 2 ml of the reagent solution. 42 mg (99% of theory) of the crude title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.77 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.16 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=446 (100) [M+2H]2+, 890 (20) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=888 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H69N12O13 calc. 889.5102, found 889.5095 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 194A (19 mg, 17 μmol) and the compound of example 17A (12 mg, 19 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (530 μl) at 0° C., and DIEA (15 pt, 87 μmol, 5 eq.) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred further overnight, during which it slowly warms to RT. The mixture is taken up in acetonitrile and purified by chromatography (method 44). Yield: 14 mg, (10 μmol 59% of theory) of the title compound as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.94 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.93 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1259.1 (50) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C58H92N13O18 calc. 1258.6678, found 1258.6675 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 187A (41 mg, 36 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (23 mg, 39 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. 37 mg (73% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.87 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.72 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=660.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1319.7 (5) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1317.5 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C63H95N14O17 calc. 1319.6995, found 1319.6978 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 195A (36 mg, 31 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (22 mg, 39 μmol, 1.2 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. 34 mg (70% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.93 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.01 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=610.1 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1318.8 (20) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1316.7 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C64H96N13O17 calc. 1318.7042, found 1318.7036 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 196A (18 mg, 17 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (12 mg, 21 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. After purification according to method 45, 17 mg (76% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.96 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.97 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1272.8 (40) [M+H]+
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H94N13O18 calc. 1272.6835, found 1272.6853 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 190A (44 mg, 40 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (25 mg, 44 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. After purification according to method 45, 50 mg (90% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.80 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.98 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1272.7 (20) [M+H]+
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H94N13O18 calc. 1272.6835, found 1272.6846 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 198A (45 mg, 42 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (32 mg, 54 μmol, 1.3 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. After purification according to method 45, 38 mg (67% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.99 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.12 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 571.9 (90) [M-Boc+2H]2+; 1242.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C58H92N13O17 calc. 1242.6729, found 1242.6691 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 199A (39 mg, 35 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (24 mg, 42 μmol, 1.2 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. After purification according to method 45, 42 mg (80% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.93 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.93 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=594.4 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+; 1287.7 (30) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 200A (42 mg, 38 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (26 mg, 45 μmol, 1.2 equivalents) according to the preparation method of the compound of example 201A. After purification according to method 45, 46 mg (81% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.91 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 1285.7 (40) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H93N14O18 calc. 1285.6787, found 1285.6777 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 201A (14 mg, 10 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 0.5 ml of the reagent solution. Without further purification, 13 mg (9.3 μmol, 95% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.44 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.19 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=580 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1158.6 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H84N13O16 calc. 1158.6154, found 1158.6183 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 202A (37 mg, 26 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 0.5 ml of the reagent solution. Without further purification, 46 mg of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.39 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.67 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 610 (20) [M+2H]2+; (ESIneg m/z (%)=1218 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C58H87N14O15 calc. 1219.6470, found 1219.6472 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 203A (34 mg, 22 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution. Without further purification, 34 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.34 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.37 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 610.1 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1218.8 (5) [M+H]+; (ESIneg m/z (%)=1216.8 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H88N13O15 calc. 1218.6518, found 1218.6539 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 204A (17 mg, 12 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 1.0 ml of the reagent solution. Without further purification, 17 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.48 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=1.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 587.2 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1172.7 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H86N13O16 calc. 1172.6310, found 1172.6328 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 205A (50 mg, 36 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 4.8 ml of the reagent solution. Without further purification, 56 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.22 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 586.9 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H86N13O16 calc. 1172.6310, found 1172.6323 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 206A (49 mg, 36 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 1.0 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h. Without further purification, 49 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.46 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 572.0 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1142.6 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H84N13O15 calc. 1142.6205, found 1142.6221 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 207A (42 mg, 28 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 1.0 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h. Without further purification, 43 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.43 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.34 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 594.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1187.6 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H83N14O17 calc. 1187.6056, found 1187.6074 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 208A (46 mg, 30 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 1.0 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. Without further purification, 46 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.21 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.31 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 593.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1185.5 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H85N14O16 calc. 1185.6263, found 1185.6241 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 209A (13 mg, 9.3 μmol) is dissolved in DMF (480 μL), and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (6 μL, 56 μmol, 6 equivalents) and HATU (11 mg, 28 μmol, 3 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The complete mixture is then put onto an HPLC column and purified by chromatography according to method 44. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 5 mg (4.0 μmol, 43% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 570.9 (80) [M+2H]2+, 1140.6 (90) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H82N13O15 calc. 1140.6048, found 1140.6066 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 217A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 17 mg (51% of theory) from the compound of example 210A (37 mg, 26 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.45 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 601.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1201.6 (20) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C58H85N14O14 calc. 1204.6365, found 1201.6338 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 217A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 28 mg (96% of theory) from the compound of example 211A (34 mg, 22 μmol).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.75 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=601.0 (50) [M+2H]2+, 1200.8 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1198.8 (100) [M−H]−.
According to the preparation method for the compound of example 217A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 10 mg (65% of theory), from the compound of example 212A (17 mg, 12 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.75 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.59 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1154.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H84N13O15 calc. 1154.6205, found 1154.6194 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 213A (50 mg, 36 μmol) is cyclized according to the preparation method of the compound of example 217A. method 45 is then used for chromatography. The title compound is obtained in a crude yield of 52 mg (75% pure, 86% of theory) and is not further purified.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.55 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.60 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1154.7 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H84N13O15 calc. 1154.6205, found 1154.6171 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method for the compound of example 217A, whereby purification takes place according to method 45, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 34 mg (77% of theory) from the compound of example 214A (49 mg, 36 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.61 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1124.6 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H82N13O14 calc. 1154.6099, found 1124.6073 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method for the compound of example 217A, whereby purification takes place according to method 45, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 28 mg (73% of theory) from the compound of example 215A (42 mg, 27 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.68 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.57 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1169.6 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C53H81N14O16 calc. 1169.5950, found 1169.5939 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method for the compound of example 217A, whereby purification takes place according to method 45, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 29 mg (75% of theory) from the compound of example 216A (45 mg, 30 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.52 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.56 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1167.5 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H83N14O15 calc. 1167.6157, found 1167.6152 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 217A is dissolved in methanol (750 μL) in the presence of 1 M hydrochloric acid (24 μL, 6 equivalents) and hydrogenated in the presence of 3 mg of 10% palladium-carbon under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 1.5 h. The solution is filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 4.3 mg (quant.) as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.21 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=0.90 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=503.9 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1006.6 (3) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C45H76N13O13 calc. 1006.5681, found 1006.5670 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 17 mg (quant.) from the compound of example 218A (17 mg, 13 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.17 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.34 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 534 (20) [M+2H]2+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1065 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C50H79N14O12 calc. 1067.5997, found 1067.6006 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 24 mg (99% of theory) from the compound of example 219A (28 mg, 21 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.17 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=1.15 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=534 (100) [M+2H]2+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1064.8 (50) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C51H80N13O12 calc. 1066.6044, found 1066.6013 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 8.5 mg (99% of theory) from the compound of example 220A (10 mg, 8 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.25 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=511 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C46H78N13O13 calc. 1020.5837, found 1020.5831 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 40 mg (86% of theory) from the compound of example 221A (52 mg, 41 μmol).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.93 min.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 29 mg (99% of theory) from the compound of example 222A (34 mg, 27 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.24 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.48 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=496 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C45H76N13O12 calc. 990.5731, found 990.5726 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 21 mg (95% of theory) from the compound of example 223A (28 mg, 20 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.16 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.43 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=519 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C45H75N14O14 calc. 1035.5582, found 1035.5585 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 225A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 24 mg (96% of theory) from the compound of example 224A (29 mg, 23 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.90 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=517 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1033 (5) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C46H76N14O13 calc. 1033.5790, found 1033.5773 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 225A (4.3 mg, 4 μmol) and the compound of example 10A (2.5 mg, 6 μmol, 1.5 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (300 μl) and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (20 μl, 16 μmol, 4 equivalents) and HATU (2.4 mg, 6 μmol, 1.6 equivalents) are added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction is then stopped with 3 ml of methanol and purified by chromatography according to method 45. Product-containing fractions are combined and concentrated. 4 mg (2.8 μmol, 70% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.08 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=698.6 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1395.4 (30) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C67H109N15O17 calc. 1394.8043, found 1394.8070 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method for preparing exemplary compound 233A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 12 mg (54% of theory) from exemplary compound 226A (17 mg, 13 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.25 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=3.61 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=729 (100) [M+2H]2+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1454 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C72H111N16O16 calc. 1455.8359, found 1455.8347 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 19 mg (62% of theory) from the compound of example 227A (24 mg, 21 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (10 mg, 27 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.57 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.291 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=661.2 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1421.0 (30) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1419.1 (20) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C70H113N15O16 calc. 1420.8563, found 1420.8558 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 10 mg (91% of theory) from the compound of example 228A (8.5 mg, 8 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (4 mg, 10 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.65 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.09 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 1374.8 (30) [M+H]+
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H112N15O17 calc. 1374.8356, found 1374.8376 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 47 mg (purity 77%, 69% of theory) from the compound of example 229A (40 mg, 35 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (17 mg, 46 μmol, 1.5 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.31 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.08 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1374.8 (50) [M+H]+
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H112N15O17 calc. 1374.8356, found 1374.8362 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 37 mg (98% of theory) from the compound of example 230A (29 mg, 27 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (13 mg, 35 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.10 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=623.0 (100) [M−Boc+2H]2+; 1344.9 (90) [M+H]+
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C64H109N15O16 calc. 1344.8250, found 1344.8241 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 24 mg (89% of theory) from the compound of example 231A (21 mg, 19 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (9 mg, 25 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.42 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.03 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=645.5 (100) [M−Boc+2H]2+; 1389.9 (40) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C64H108N16O18 calc. 1389.8101, found 1389.8105 [M+H]+.
According to the preparation method of the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 30 mg (97% of theory) from the compound of example 232A (24 mg, 22 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (11 mg, 28 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.26 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.19 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=644.7 (100) [M−Boc+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H111N16O17 calc. 1387.8308, found 1387.8304 [M+H]+.
N2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.70 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.44 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=280.3 (30) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 241A (200 mg, 716 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 60 min. Without further purification, 200 mg (95% of theory) of the crude title compound are obtained.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.30 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=180 (100) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 33A (441 mg, 895 μmol) and the compound of example 242A (315 mg, 1.07 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (4.8 ml) and cooled to −20° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (492 μl, 4.48 mmol, 5 equivalents) and HATU (510 mg, 1.34 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) are then added, and the mixture is slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for about 16 h. The mixture is then purified by chromatography in two steps (method 45, then method 34). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 277 mg (64% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.06 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.13 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=482.1 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C22H32N3O9 calc. 482.2134, found 482.2120 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 243A (139 mg, 288 μmol) is provided in 5.1 ml of acetonitrile and cooled to 0° C.; 3.1 ml of a conc. aqueous ammonia solution are added, and stirring is continued at 0° C. After 20 min, the reaction is stopped with glacial acetic acid (2.6 ml), diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract is washed with conc. brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Yield: 122 mg (75% of theory) of the crude title compound which is reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.69 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=467.1 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=465.2 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C21H31N4O8 calc. 467.2137, found 467.2137 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 241A (122 mg, 217 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 60 min. Without further purification, 100 mg (96% of theory) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.05 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.23 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=367 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C16H23N4O6 calc. 367.1613, found 367.1622 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 32A (133 mg, 139 μmol) and the compound of example 245A (100 mg, 208 μmol, 1.5 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (950 μl), and the solution is cooled to −20° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (46 pt, 416 μmol, 3 equivalents) and HATU (84 mg, 222 μmol, 1.6 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The complete mixture is then purified by chromatography according to method 45. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 157 mg (95% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.66 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.71 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1079.1 (80) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C49H83N12O15 calc. 1079.6096, found 1079.6094 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 246A (190 mg, 159 μmol) is hydrogenated according to the method for preparing the compound of example 186A. 172 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.39 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.55 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=445.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, 989.5 (60) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=987.5 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C42H77N12O15 calc. 989.5626, found 989.5651 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 247A (172 mg, 156 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. Without further purification, 174 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.17 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 889 (80) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=887 (100), [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C37H69N12O13 calc. 889.5102, found 889.5096 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 201A the compound of example 248A (174 mg, 156 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (99 mg, 171 μmol, 1.1 equivalents). After purification by chromatography (variant of method 36, instead of the gradient and separation is carried out isocratic with eluent A:eluent B=3:2), 81 mg (34% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.76 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.89 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=593.4 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1285.7 (30) [M+H]+; (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1283.5 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H93N14O18 calc. 1285.6787, found 1285.6781 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 249A (81 mg, 54 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 60 min. Without further purification, 81 mg (99% of theory) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.20 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.29 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=593.7 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1185.6 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1183.7 (100), [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H85N14O16 calc. 1185.6263, found 1185.6249 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 217A, whereby purification takes place according to method 45, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 69 mg (93% of theory) from the compound of example 250A (81 mg, 53 μmol).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.56 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.67 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1167.6 (100) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1165.6 (100), [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C54H83N14O15 calc. 1167.6157, found 1167.6154 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 225A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 53 mg (97% of theory) from the compound of example 251A (69 mg, 49 μmol).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.98 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=0.96 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 517.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1033.7 (10) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1031.7 (60) [M−H]−, 1077.7 (100) [M+HCOOH—H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C46H77N14O13 calc. 1033.5790, found 1033.5782 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 58 mg (85% of theory) from the compound of example 252A (53 mg, 48 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (23 mg, 62 μmol, 1.3 equivalents).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.35 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.08 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1387.9 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H111N16O17 calc. 1387.8308, found 1387.8314 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 32A (60 mg, 71 μmol), pentafluorophenol (65 mg, 355 μmol, equivalents) and EDCI (20 mg, 107 μmol, 1.5 equivalents) are dissolved in dichloromethane (0.9 ml) at 0° C. under argon and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent is removed and the residue is chromatographed (method 34). The title compound is isolated in a yield of 32 mg (45% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.12 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.93 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=897.4 (100) [M+H]+.
The title compound is isolated in a yield of 471 mg (64% of theory) in analogy to the preparation of the compound of example 254A from N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-alanine (390 mg, 2.06 mmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=5.00 min.
LC-MS (Method 21): Rt=2.74 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=356 (5) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 255A (470 mg, 1.32 mmol) and (2S,3S)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4-oxobutyric acid hydrochloride (see example 33A for preparation, 407 mg, 2.04 mmol, 1.6 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (20 ml) at 0° C., and DIPEA (1.78 ml, 10.20 mmol, 7.7 equivalents) are added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for about 16 h and then chromatographed according to method 45 and fine purified by method 32. Yield: 200 mg (29% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.26 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.48 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=335.2 (90) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 256A (195 mg, 0.58 mmol) and the compound of example 149A (190 mg, 0.61 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) are dissolved in DMF (5.0 ml), and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (203 μl, 1.84 mmol, 3 equivalents) and TCTU (326 mg, 0.92 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. The complete mixture is then chromatographed (method 45) and fine purified by method 32. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 146 mg (47% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a solid.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.94 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=511.1 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na+15.9 (c=0.5, MeOH).
The compound of example 257A (135 mg, 264 μmol) is hydrogenated in the presence of 30 mg of 10% palladium-carbon in methanol (8.0 ml) at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture is filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated, and the crude product is chromatographed (method 32). Yield: 117 mg (quant.).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.11 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.40 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=422.1 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C16H28N3O10 calc. 422.1770, found 422.1776 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 258A (116 mg, 275 μmol) is provided in 5.0 ml of acetonitrile and cooled to 0° C.; 3.0 ml of a conc. aqueous ammonia solution are added and stirring is continued at 0° C. After 5 min, the reaction is stopped with glacial acetic acid (1.2 ml), concentrated and chromatographed (method 32). Yield: 64 mg (57% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.82 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.12 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=407.0 (90) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=405.0 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C15H27N4O9 calc. 407.1773, found 407.1781 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 259A (63 mg, 155 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. Without further purification, 67 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=0.72 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=0.52 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=307 (100) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C10H19N4O7 calc. 307.1249, found 307.1245 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 254A (32 mg, 32 μmol) and the compound of example 260A, 13 mg, 32 μmol, 1 equivalent) are dissolved in DMF (1.5 ml) at 0° C., and DIPEA (28 μl, 158 μmol, 5 equivalents) are added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for about 16 h and then chromatographed according to method 45. Yield: 30 mg (84% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.40 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.60 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=460.3 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1019.6 (60) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C43H79N12O16 calc. 1019.5732, found 1019.5716 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 261A (59 mg, 52 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. Without purification, 64 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.91 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.20 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 461 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=918 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C38H71N12O14 calc. 919.5208, found 919.5212 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 201A the compound of example 262A (92 mg, 80 μmol) is reacted with the compound of example 17A (51 mg, 88 μmol, 1.1 equivalents). After purification by chromatography (method 44), 35 mg (31% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.76 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.94 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 608.4 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+, 1315.6 (30) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1313.7 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H95N14O19 calc. 1315.6893, found 1315.6873 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 262A (35 mg, 24 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2 with 2.0 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. Without further purification, 37 mg (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.20 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.36 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 608.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1215.7 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1213.7 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H87N14O17 calc. 1215.6369, found 1215.6340 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 217A, whereby purification takes place according to method 45, the title compound is obtained in a yield of 46 mg (48% of theory (approx. 34% pure)) from the compound of example 264A (36 mg, 25 μmol).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.55 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.61 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=599.3 (100) [M+2H]2+; 1197.6 (30) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1195.6 (100), [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C55H85N14O16 calc. 1197.6263, found 1197.6290 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 265A (46 mg, purity about 34%, approx. 12 μmol) is hydrogenated in the presence of a spatula tip of 10% palladium on carbon in methanol under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture is filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated. The crude product (42 g) is reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.98 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.33 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=533 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1064 (10) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg) m/z (%) 1062 (100) [M]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C47H79N14O14 calc. 1063.5895, found 1063.5869 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a crude yield of 28 mg from the compound of example 266A (34 mg of crude product, approx. 12 μmol) and the dipeptide of example 8A (13 mg, 35 μmol, approx. 2.4 equivalents). The product is employed in the next synthesis step without further purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.27 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.12 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 659.6 (100) [M-Boc+2H]2+1417.8 (50) [M+H]+.
The synthesis takes place according to Merget, K. Günther, M. Bernd, E. Günther, R. Tacke, J. Organomet. Chem. 2001 628, 183-194. The enantiomers are separated by preparative HPLC on a chiral phase:
Gilson Abimed HPLC, UV detector 212 nm, column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H 5 μm; 250×20 mm; flow rate: 15 ml/min; eluent A: isohexane, eluent B: 0.2% acetic acid/1% water/2-propanol; isocratic.
Preparative HPLC: Rt=4.16 min
[α]D20+1.1 (c=0.83, Methanol)
Preparative HPLC: Rt=9.27 min
[α]D20=−1.6 (c=0.66, Methanol)
Analogous to B. Neises, W. Steglich, Org. Synth. 1985, 63, 183-187.
(2S)—N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-(3-pyridyl)alanine (25.00 g, 93.88 mmol) is dissolved in 300 ml of dichloromethane under argon. Methanol (11.4 ml, 9.02 g, 281 mmol, 3 equivalents) and a grain of DMAP are added. The mixture is then cooled to 0° C. EDC (19.80 g, 103 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) is added. After 5 min, the ice bath is removed and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture is then concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is mixed with ethyl acetate and extracted with conc. sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous phase is back-extracted once with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases are then washed with 0.5
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.28 min.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.69 (d, 1H), 8.43 (m, 2H).
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.21 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=281 (100) [M+H]+.
Compound 271A (11.8 g, 42.09 mmol) is dissolved in 30% TFA in dichloromethane (160 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The mixture is then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in a little water and lyophilized. The lyophilizate is then mixed with toluene and concentrated in vacuo. Finally, the product is dried to constant weight under oil pump vacuum. Yield: 17.15 g (quant.).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=0.88 min.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.79 (dd, 1H), 2.92 (dd, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 8.41 (m, 2H).
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt 0.46 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=181 (100) [M+H]+.
Compound 269A (10.31 g, 39.4 mmol) and compound 272A (16.10 g, 39.4 mmol, 1 equivalent) are dissolved in DMF (186 mL) at 0° C. NMM (17.34 ml, 16.00 g, 4 equivalents) and HATU (22.49 g, 59.16 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) are then added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for two hours. tert-Butyl methyl ether is added, and the mixture is washed with conc. sodium carbonate. The aqueous phase is back-extracted once with tert-butyl methyl ether, and the combined organic phases are then washed with 1 M aqueous citric acid and again with conc. sodium carbonate, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Filtration through silica gel is carried out (cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 2+1). Yield: 14.1 g (84% of theory).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.91 min.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ −0.09 (s, 9H), 0.56-0.75 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.90 (dd, 1H), 3.09 (dd, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.68 (d, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H), 8.40 (m, 2H).
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt 1.90 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=424 (50) [M+H]+.
Compound 273A (7.4 g, 17.56 mmol) is taken up in THF/water (6+4), cooled to 0° C., and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.47 g, 35.13 mmol, 2 equivalents) is added. The mixture is stirred at 0° C. After one hour, a further equivalent (0.74 g) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate is added, and stirring is continued for one hour. Most of the THF is removed in vacuo, and the pH is then adjusted to 4 by adding citric acid. A solid precipitates. The mixture is extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate, during which the solid dissolves. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on Sephadex LH 20 (Method 45). Yield: 6.67 g (93% of theory).
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.73 min.
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ −0.09 (s, 9H), 0.56-0.75 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 2.90 (dd, 1H), 3.09 (dd, 1H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 4.41 (m, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 8.37 (m, 2H).
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt 1.71 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=410 (100) [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 16A (3.00 g, 7.24 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (60 ml), 10% palladium on activated carbon (50 mg) are added, and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature and under atmospheric pressure for 6 h. The mixture is then filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated. The crude reaction product (2.20 g, requant.) is employed in the next step without purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.21 min.
LC-MS (Method 51): Rt=1.55 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=281.3 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=279.1 (100) [M−H]−.
[α]20Na=−23.4 (c=1.0, MeOH).
1H-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.34 (s, 9H), 3.52 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (dd, J=4.6, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 5H), 8.02 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C14H21N2O4 calc. 281.1496, found 281.1503 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 275A (2.2 g of crude product, 7.24 mmol) and (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonylsuccinimide (2.90 g, 8.58 mmol, 1.2 equivalents), as well as sodium carbonate (1.18 g, 11.70 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) are dissolved in 1,4-dioxane-water (7+3) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction is then stopped by adding 5% aqueous citric acid and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the residue is triturated with water and acetonitrile. The crystalline crude product is then purified by chromatography according to method 34. Yield: 2.58 g (66% of theory) as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.86 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=2.51 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=503.2 (70) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=501.3 (100) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.38 (s, 9H), 4.75 (dd, J=3.9, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=3.9, J=10.0 Hz 1H), 7.21-7.60 (m, 13H), 7.87 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C29H31N2O6 calc. 503.2177, found 503.2158 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 276A (2.58 g, 5.14 mmol) and pentafluorophenol (4.72 g, 25.68 mmol, 5 equivalents) are dissolved in dichloromethane (350 ml), and cooled to 0° C. EDCI (1.48 g, 7.70 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) is added, and the mixture is stirred for 6 h while slowly warming to room temperature. The solvent is then distilled off and the residue is purified in several portions by chromatography according to method 34. Yield: 2.80 g (81% of theory) of the title compound as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 54) Rt=5.09 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=3.34 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=6693.0 (20) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=1.39 (s, 9H), 4.11-4.26 (m, 3H), 5.16 (dd, J=4.4, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (dd, J=4.4, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.57 (m, 9H), 7.56 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C35H30N2O6 calc. 669.2019, found 669.1996 [M+H]+.
The Mannich reaction is based on a method for the addition of copper enolates onto sulfonylimines: L. Bemardi, A. Gothelf, R. G. Hazell, K. A. Jorgensen, J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 2583-2591. tert-Butyl [(1E)-phenylmethylene]carbamate can be prepared according to the literature: A. Klepacz, A. Zwierzak, Tetrahedron Lett. 2002 43; 1079-1080.
Freshly activated 3 Å molecular sieves, tetrakis(acetonitrile)copper(I) hexafluorophosphate (293 mg, 0.79 mmol, 0.035 equivalents) and (R)-(+)-2-(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl)-4-isopropyl-2-oxazoline (335 mg, 0.90 mmol, 0.04 equivalents) are provided under argon and abs. THF (228 ml) is added. Triethylamine (109 μl, 80 mg, 0.79 mmol, 0.035 equivalent) is then pipetted in. The mixture is cooled to −20° C. and, as soon as this temperature is reached, ethyl N-(diphenylmethylene)glycinate (6.00 g, 22.44 mmol) and tert-butyl [(1E)-phenylmethylene]carbamate (6.92 g, 40.4 mmol, 1.8 equivalents) are added. The mixture is stirred for 16 h, during which it is allowed to slowly reach room temperature. Silica gel (about 15 g) is then added and the solvent is distilled off in vacuo. The residue is loaded onto a glass column packed with silica gel and eluted with cyclohexane-ethyl acetate 9+1. The title compound (Rf=0.22, CyHex-EtOAc 9+1) contains the enantiomer with the D-threo configuration and a smaller amount (about 36%) of the two enantiomers with erythro configurations, which are removed at a later stage. The product is very sensitive to acids, and investigations by HPLC (method 6) and LC-MS (method 19) always show a proportion of benzophenone eliminated under the chromatography conditions. Yield: 2.66 g (27% of theory).
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=3.23 min (21%, erythro), MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=439.4 (100) [M+H]+ and 3.23 min (48%, threo), MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=439.3 (100) [M+H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.62 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 3.74 (ddd, J1=2.7, J2=J3=9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.99-4.06 (m, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.67-7.77 (m, 2H).
HR-TOF-MS: C26H35N2O4 calc. 439.2592, found 439.2606 [M+H]+.
The title compound of example 278A (4.44 g, 10.12 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (87 ml), 857 μl of TFA (11.13 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) and water (273 μl, 15.18 μmol, 1.5 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h. All the volatile constituents of the reaction mixture are distilled off in vacuo, and the residue (5.97 g) is employed in the next stage without purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.41 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.31 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=275.2 (50) [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 279A (5.97 g of crude product, approx. 10.11 mmol) and benzyloxycarbonylsuccinimide (3.02 g, 12.13 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) are dissolved in dichloromethane-water (4+1), and the mixture is cooled to 0° C. While stirring vigorously, sodium bicarbonate (2.55 g, 30.33 mmol, 3 equivalents) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (373 mg, 1.01 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) are added, and the mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for 16 h. The organic phase is separated off, washed with conc. NaCl, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product is isolated in several portions according to method 34, removing the benzophenone and part of the erythro diastereomer. In total, 1.65 g (4.03 mmol, 40% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
Rf=0.076 (CyHex-EtOAc 9+1).
HPLC (Method 54): Rt=4.33 min (erythro diastereomer) and 4.52 min (threo diastereomer).
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.71 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=409.3 (30) [M+H]+, erythro isomer and Rt=2.75 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=409.0 (70) [M+H]+ threo isomer).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.71-0.86 (m, 6H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 3.70 (ddd, J=3.4, J1=J2=10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.32 (dd, J=3.4, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.44 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C21H33N2O6 calc. 409.2334, found 409.2329 [M+H]+.
The title compound of example 280A (2.78 g, 6.82 mmol) is dissolved in a THF-water mixture (1+1, 40 ml) at 0° C., lithium hydroxide monohydrate (629 mg, 15.0 mmol, 2.2 equivalents) is added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. The THF is then distilled off, and the aqueous residue is acidified with 1 M citric acid and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue (2.42 g, 93% of theory) is separated by chromatography on a chiral phase according to method 55. In this case, the enantiomers of the threo diastereomer and those of the minor erythro diastereomer are each obtained separately. The e.e. of the main isomer (title compound) after the chiral chromatography is determined according to method 56 and is 100%. The yield of the title compound is 780 mg (30% of theory based on the starting compound 280A).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.51 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.44 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=381.1 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=379.2 (100) [M−H]−.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.82 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 3.72 (ddd, J1=3.2, J2=J3=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J=3.2, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 6H), 12.62 (br s, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C19H28N2O6Na calc. 403.1845, found 403.1832 [M+Na]+.
Chirale HPLC (Method 56): Rt=8.97 min.
Exemplary compound 281A (100 mg, 263 μmol) and pentafluorophenol (242 mg, 1.31 mmol, 5 equivalents) are dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) at room temperature, EDCI (76 mg, 394 μmol, 1.5 equivalents) is then added, and the mixture is left to stand in a refrigerator for about 12 h. The solvent is subsequently distilled off in vacuo, and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 32). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 132 mg (92% of theory) as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 54): Rt=4.89 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=3.19 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=547.2 (40) [M+H]+.
The compound of example 149A (2.08 g, 6.73 mmol) and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-{[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino}-
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.81 min.
LC-MS (Method 51): Rt=3.94 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=504.4 (100) [M-BOC+H+]+, 604.4 (40) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=+1.5 (c=0.5, MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm) 1.36 (s, 9H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.28 (m, 4H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 5.90 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=8.04 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.43 (m, 10H), 7.67 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C33H38N3O8 calc. 604.2654, found 604.2646 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 283A (2.39 g, 3.96 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. 2.96 g (quant.) of the crude title compound are obtained and are reacted further without further purification.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.84 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=3.14 min; MS (ESIpos) m/z (%) 504.0 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−0.5 (c=1.0, MeOH).
HR-TOF-MS: C28H30N3O6 calc. 504.2130, found 504.2140 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 284A (2.90 g, ˜83% pure, 3.89 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-glycine (751 mg, 4.29 mmol, 1 equivalent) are dissolved in DMF (20 ml) and cooled to 0° C. HATU (2.22 g, 5.85 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.14 ml, 19.49 mmol, 5 equivalents) are added. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 2.5 h and the reaction is then stopped by adding a 5% aqueous citric acid solution and extracted with 5 portions of MTBE. The combined organic extracts are dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated. The crude product is purified by chromatography (method 34). Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. Yield: 1.54 g (60% of theory) as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 3) Rt=4.64 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.65 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=661.2 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=−8.7 (c=0.5, MeOH).
HR-TOF-MS: C35H41N4O9 calc. 661.2869, found 661.2864 [M+H]+.
The title compound of example 285A (88 mg, 0.20 mmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. The crude product is reacted further without further purification. Yield: 1.84 g (quant.)
HPLC (Method 3): Rt=3.78 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.74 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=561.2 (100) [M+H]+.
[α]20Na=0.0 (c=1.0, MeOH).
HR-TOF-MS: C30H33N4O7 calc. 561.2344, found 561.2343 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 32A (701 mg, 830 μmol) and 286A (700 mg, 830 μmol, 1 equivalent) are dissolved in DMF (11.2 ml), and the solution is cooled to 0° C. 4-Methylmorpholine (274 μl, 2.49 mmol, 3 equivalents) and HATU (473 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. The complete mixture is then put onto a Sephadex LH-20 column and chromatographed according to method 45. Product-containing fractions are combined, concentrated and purified according to method 34. Product-containing fractions are combined and lyophilized. 643 mg (56% of theory) of the title compound are obtained as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=4.27 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.13 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1273.9 (30) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg) m/z (%)=1317.9 (100) [M+HCOO−]−.
HR-TOF-MS: C63H93N12O16 calc. 1273.6826, found 1273.6851 [M+H]+.
Compound 287A (643 mg, 463 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 2. The title compound is obtained crude in approximately quantitative yield (783 mg) and reacted further without purification.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.61 min.
LC-MS (Method 51): Rt=2.53 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=588.1 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS: C58H85N12O14 calc. 1173.6306, found 1173.6304 [M+H]+.
34.00 g (50.66 mmol) of 2-chlorotrityl-resin (Iris Biotech, CAS No 42074-68-0, loading 1.49 mmol/g) are provided in 400 ml of dichloromethane, and 67.989 g (177.31 mmol) of O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine and 65.476 g (506.60 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. 5 ml of methanol are added, and the mixture is shaken at RT for 30 min. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 400 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 400 ml of dimethylformamide, and 48.564 g (126.65 mmol) of O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine, 40.665 g (126.65 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)-methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 24.553 g (189.975 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 400 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 400 ml of dimethylformamide, and 37.665 g (126.65 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-glycine, 40.665 g (126.65 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 24.553 g (189.975 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 400 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 400 ml of dimethylformamide, and 50.340 g (126.65 mmol) of O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-allothreonine, 40.665 g (126.65 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 24.553 g (189.975 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 400 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
32 g (47.68 mmol; assumed: 1.49 mmol/g loading) of the resin obtained in this way are provided in 400 ml of dimethylformamide, and 42.128 g (119.20 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine, 38.273 g (119.20 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 23.109 g (178.80 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. Because coupling was incomplete (according to HPLC), 400 ml of dimethylformamide, 25.277 g (71.52 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine, 22.964 g (71.52 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 13.865 g (107.28 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) were again added, and the mixture was shaken overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 400 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 400 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min, collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo.
14 g (20.86 mmol; assumed: 1.49 mmol/g loading) of the resin obtained in this way are provided in 200 ml of dimethylformamide, and 34.566 g (52.15 mmol) of N2— [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N5-(imino{[(2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)-sulfonyl]amino}methyl)-D-ornithine, 16.745 g (52.15 mmol) N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 13.48 g (104.30 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 200 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 200 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min, collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 200 ml of dimethylformamide, and 18.431 g (52.15 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-leucine, 16.745 g (52.15 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 13.480 g (104.30 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 200 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 200 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min, collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo.
2.0 g (2.98 mmol; assumed: 1.49 mmol/g loading) of the resin obtained in this way are provided in 20 ml of dimethylformamide, and 2.462 g (8.94 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-O-tert.-butyl-L-threonine, 2.870 g (8.94 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 2.311 g (17.88 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 20 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration.
1 g (0.62 mmol) of a Wang resin (Merck Biosciences; loading: 0.62 mmol/g) preloaded with O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine is treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration. The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 369 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]glycine, 398 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethyl-amino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 240 mg (1.86 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. 20 ml of a 50% trifluoroacetic acid solution in dichloromethane are added and left to act for 60 min, the resin is removed by filtration on a frit and the resin is washed three times with 10 ml of dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated and the target compound is obtained as crude product.
LC-MS (Method: LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.10 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=): 385.0 [M+H]+.
1 g (0.62 mmol) of a Wang resin (Merck Biosciences; loading: 0.62 mmol/g) preloaded with O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine is treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration. The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 477 mg (1.24 mmol) of exemplary compound 290A, 398 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 320 mg (2.48 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 423 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-D-allothreonine, 399 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 320 mg (2.48 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 438 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine, 399 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 240 mg (1.86 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 821 mg (1.24 mmol) of N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N5-(imino{[(2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)sulfonyl]amino}methyl)-D-ornithine, 399 mg (1.24 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy) (dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 240 mg (1.86 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
812 mg (0.503 mmol) of the resin obtained in this way are provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 370 mg (1.01 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)-carbonyl]-4-methyl-L-leucine, 323 mg (1.01 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)-(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 195 mg (1.51 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 157 mg (0.633 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-(3R)-3-hydroxy-L-leucine, 203 mg (0.633 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 196 mg (1.52 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
1 g of Wang resin (Rapp Polymer; loading: 1.28 mmol/g) is introduced into 10 ml of dimethylformamide. 982 mg (2.56 mmol) of O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine, 910 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-{[(6-chloro-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)oxy](dimethylamino)methylene}-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) and 496 mg (3.84 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
A further coupling with O-tert.-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-serine is carried out using the same ratios of amounts and under the described conditions (see directly above).
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 761 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]glycine, 910 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-{[(6-chloro-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)oxy](dimethylamino)methylene}-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) and 496 mg (3.84 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT for 5 hours. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 1.017 g (2.56 mmol) of O-tert-butyl-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-D-allothreonine, 910 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-{[(6-chloro-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)oxy](dimethylamino)methylene}-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) and 496 mg (3.84 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 904 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-isoleucine, 822 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-{[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)oxy](dimethylamino)methylene}-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 496 mg (3.84 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 1.697 g (2.56 mmol) of N2-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N5-(imino{[(2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)sulfonyl]amino}methyl)-D-ornithine, 822 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 662 mg (5.12 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 982 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-3-(trimethylsilyl)-L-allanine, 822 mg (2.56 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy(dimethylamino)-methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 662 mg (5.12 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration. The solid is subsequently treated twice in succession with piperidine as follows: the resin is mixed with 10 ml of a 20% piperidine solution in dimethylformamide, shaken for 30 min and collected by suction filtration.
The resin obtained in this way is provided in 10 ml of dimethylformamide, and 261 mg (0.705 mmol) of threo N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-(3R)-3-hydroxy-L-leucine, 339 mg (1.057 mmol) of N-[(1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxy)(dimethylamino)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) and 273 mg (2.114 mmol) of N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (DIEA) are added. The mixture is shaken at RT overnight. The solid is collected by suction filtration, washed three times each with 10 ml of dimethylformamide, methanol and dichloromethane and collected by suction filtration.
Compounds 293A-458A depicted in the following tables were prepared according to the indicated procedures from the indicated starting materials.
Pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (5.36 g, 50 mmol), tert-butyl carbamate (11.7 g, 100 mmol, 2 equivalents), sodiumphenylsulfinate (20.36 g, 124 mmol, 2.48 equivalents), formic acid (1.89 ml, 2.30 g, 1 equivalent), methanol (55 ml) and water (111 ml) are mixed and vigorously stirred at room temperature for 3 d. The product precipitates in the form of colorless crystals which are collected by filtration, washed with water and a little MTBE and dried in vacuo. Yield: 4.10 g (24% of theory).
LC-MS (Method 51): Rt=2.51 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=349.3 (100) [M+H]+.
Potassium carbonate (4.78 g, 34 mmol, 6 equivalents) is heat-dried in vacuo and covered with a layer of THF (70 mL). The mixture is heated to reflux for 16 h, then allowed to cool and filtered through a layer of celite. The filtrate is concentrated and the oily residue (1.33 g of crude product, quant.) is reacted further without purification.
The reaction takes place based on a method for the addition of copper enolates onto sulfonylimines: L. Bernardi, A. Gothelf, R. G. Hazell, K. A. Jørgensen, J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 2583-2591. tert-Butyl [(1E)-phenylmethylene]carbamate can be prepared according to the literature: A. Klepacz, A. Zwierzak, Tetrahedron Lett. 2002 43; 1079-1080.
Freshly activated 3 Å molecular sieves, tetrakis(acetonitrile)copper(I) hexafluorophosphate (179 mg, 0.48 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) and (R)-(+)-2-(2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl)-4-phenyl-2-oxazoline (329 mg, 0.53 mmol, 0.11 equivalents) are provided under argon, and abs. THF (41 ml) is added. Triethylamine (67 μl, 49 mg, 0.48 mmol, 0.1 equivalent) is then pipetted in. The mixture is cooled to −20° C. and, as soon as this temperature is reached, ethyl N-(diphenylmethylene)glycinate (1.29 g, 4.81 mmol) and exemplary compound 459A (1.19 g, 5.77 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) are added. The mixture is stirred for 16 h, during which it is slowly allowed to reach room temperature. Silica gel (about 15 g) is then added, and the solvent is distilled off in vacuo. The residue is chromatographed with cyclohexane-ethyl acetate 9+1 (Biotage 40M with ZIF-SIM 35). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 1.85 g (95% pure, 77% of theory).
LC-MS (Method 51): Rt=3.55 min MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=474.3 (100) [M+H]+.
The title compound from example 461A (350 mg, 0.74 mmol) is dissolved in acetonitrile (9.33 ml) and, 187 μl of TFA (2.42 mmol, 3.3 equivalents) and water (187 μl, 10.4 μmol, 14 equivalents) are added and the mixture is left to stand at 4° C. for 16 h. All the volatile constituents of the reaction mixture are distilled off in vacuo, and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 34). Yield: 366 mg (92% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.03 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.32 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=310.0 (80) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS: C15H24N3O4 calc. 310.1762, found 310.1767 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 462A (366 mg, 0.68 mmol) and benzyloxycarbonylsuccinimide (209 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) are dissolved in 5 ml of dichloromethane-water (4+1), and the mixture is cooled to 0° C. While stirring vigorously, sodium bicarbonate (86 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (11 mg, 34 μmol, 0.05 equivalents) are added, and the mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for 16 h. The organic phase is separated off, washed with conc. NaCl, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product is chromatographed (method 34). Yield: 314 mg (84% pure, 0.60 mmol, 88% of theory) of the title compound.
Rf=0.076 (CyHex-EtOAc 9+1).
HPLC (Method 54): Rt=4.33 min (erythro diastereomer) and 4.52 min (threo diastereomer).
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.71 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=409.3 (30) [M+H]+, erythro isomer and Rt=2.75 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=409.0 (70) [M+H]+ threo isomer).
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ (ppm)=0.71-0.86 (m, 6H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 3.70 (ddd, J=3.4, J1=J2=10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.32 (dd, J=3.4, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.44 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H).
HR-TOF-MS: C21H33N2O6 calc. 409.2334, found 409.2329 [M+H]+.
The title compound from example 463A (314 mg, 0.56 mmol) is dissolved in a THF-water mixture (2+1, 17 ml) at 0° C., lithium hydroxide monohydrate (25 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) is added, and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. The THF is then distilled off, and the aqueous residue is lyophilized and then purified by chromatography (method 44). The product is separated by chromatography on a chiral phase according to method 58. The enantiomers of the threo diastereomer and those of the minor erythro diastereomer are each obtained separately thereby. The e.e. of the main isomer (title compound) after the chiral chromatography is determined by method 59, and is 100%. The yield of the title compound is 113 mg (38% of theory based on the starting compound 463A.
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.53 min.
Chiral HPLC (Method 59): Rt=4.71 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.85 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=416.2 (100) [M+H]+, MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=414.1.2 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS: C21H26N3O6 calc. 416.1817, found 416.1808 [M+H]+.
Exemplary compound 464A (63 mg, 119 μmol) and pentafluorophenol (24 mg, 131 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) are dissolved in dichloromethane (0.8 ml) at room temperature, EDCI (25 mg, 131 μmol, 1.1 equivalents) is then added, and the mixture is left to stand in a refrigerator for about 12 h. The solvent is subsequently distilled off in vacuo, and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 44). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 47 mg (51% of theory) as a colorless solid.
HPLC (Method 54): Rt=4.49 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=2.74 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=582.2 (40) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS: C27H25N3O6F5 calc. 582.1659, found 582.1647 [M+H]+.
Compounds 466A-470A listed in the following table were prepared by the indicated procedures from the indicated starting materials.
The protecting group is removed from the benzyloxycarbonyl-protected peptide (example 53A, 1.5 mg, 0.89 μmol) in dioxane and in aq. 0.1% TFA (1 ml, 10 equivalents) by hydrogenolysis according to procedure 4 after 1 h. 1.3 mg (96.6% of theory) of product are obtained after fine purification by preparative HPLC (method 26).
Alternatively, the amine (example 1) is liberated from the compound of example 58A (13.0 mg, 8.47 μmol) after the hydrogenolytic cleavage of the ester (procedure 4) in methanol (5 ml) using 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (508 μl, 1.9 mg, 50.79 μmol, 6 eq.). After chromatography (method 26), 12.0 mg (93.5% of theory) of the title compound are isolated.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=14.73 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.71 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1288 (3) [M+H]+, 644 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%) 1286 (50) [M−H]−, 642 (38) [M−2H]2−, 1332 (100).
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H103N16O15 [M+H]+ found 1287.7810, calc. 1287.7784.
The title compound is prepared from the benzyloxycarbonyl-protected peptide (example 73A, 33.0 mg, 21.89 μmol) after the hydrogenolytic ester cleavage (procedure 4) in methanol (10 ml) and 0.1 N aq. hydrochloric acid (219 μl, 0.8 mg, 21.89 μmol, 1 eq.). Fine purification takes place by preparative HPLC (method 26) and 18.1 mg (56.1% of theory) of product are isolated.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=14.15 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.52 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1259 (5) [M+H]+, 630 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1257 (100) [M−H]−, 628 (28) [M−2H]2−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C58H100N16O15 [M+H]+ found 1259.7454, calc. 1259.7471.
The title compound is prepared from the benzyloxycarbonyl-protected peptide (example 81A, 20.0 mg, 13.21 μmol) after the hydrogenolytic ester cleavage (procedure 4) in methanol (10 ml) and 0.1 N aq. hydrochloric acid (198 μl, 0.7 mg, 19.8 μmol, 1.5 eq.). Fine purification takes place by preparative HPLC (method 26), and 17.9 mg (91.9% of theory) of product are isolated.
HPLC (Method 9) Rt=15.51 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.57 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=1245 (13) [M+H]+, 623 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%)=1243 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H102N14O15 [M+H]+ found 1245.7560, calc. 1245.7566.
The compound of example 112A (23 mg, 14.5 μmol) is reacted according to procedure 5. After purification by chromatography by means of preparative HPLC (method 43) 17 mg (75% of theory) of product are obtained by freeze drying.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 5): Rt=3.69 min.
HPLC/UV-Vis (Method 4): Rt=3.95 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.71 min; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=667 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1333 (2) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg.): m/z (%) 1331 (100) [M−H]−.
The compound of example 128A (105 mg, 66% purity, 41 μmol) is dissolved in 30% TFA in dichloromethane (4 ml) and stirred at RT for 20 min. The mixture is then concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 44 with modified gradient: 0-2 min 10% B, ramp, 38 min 60% B). 49 mg (29 μmol, 70% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=3.62 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.72 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%) 450.0 (100) [M+3H]3+, 674.4 (40) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C62H108N17O16 [M+H]+ calc. 1346.8155, found 1346.8130.
The compound of example 133A (126 mg, 82 μmol) is dissolved in 30% TFA in dichloromethane (4 ml) and stirred at RT for 20 min. The mixture is then concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography (method 44 with modified gradient: 0-2 min 10% B, ramp, 38 min 60% B). 78 mg (46 μmol, 56% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 7): Rt=3.69 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.66 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%) 682.3 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1364.1 (2) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H108N17O16Si [M+H]+ calc. 1362.7924, found 1362.7949.
The target compound is prepared from the compound of example 144A (0.3 mg, 0.20 μmol) as described in procedure 1. After fine purification by gel chromatography (method 45, eluent: methanol), 0.1 mg (23.3% of theory) of product is isolated.
HPLC (Method 12): Rt=5.74 min.
LC-MS (Method 18): Rt=1.57 min, MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1268 (2) [M+H]+, 634 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIpos.): m/z (%)=1266 (50) [M−H]−, 632 (22) [M−2H]2−, 1312 (100) [M−H+HCO2H]−.
MALDI-MS (Method 25): C58H92N16O16 [M+H]+ calc. 1267.68, found 1267.65.
The compound of example 233A (4 mg, 3 μmol) is dissolved in methanol (1 ml). 17 μl of 1 M hydrochloric acid and 10% palladium-carbon (2 mg) are added and the mixture is hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 2 h. The solution is filtered to remove the catalyst and concentrated. After purification by chromatography (method 44) 2.2 mg (1.5 μmol 53% of theory) of the title compound are obtained.
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=4.45 min.
LC-MS (Method 20): Rt=1.45 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%) 631.1 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1260.9 (3) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H102N15O15 calc. 1260.7675, found 1260.7670 [M+H]+.
According to the method for preparing the compound of example 233A the title compound is obtained in a yield of 4 mg (32% of theory) from the compound of example 226A (12 mg, 13 μmol).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.60 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.43 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=661.5 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1321.8 (10) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C64H105N16O14 calc. 1321.7991, found 1321.7955 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 235A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h, and the product is purified according to a modified method 44 (gradient: 0 min 25% B, ramp, 35-38 min 35% B). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 10 mg (50% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.41 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.57 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=661.1 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1320.8 (5) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1318.6 (90) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C65H106N15O14 calc. 1320.8039, found 1320.8042 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 236A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min, and the product is purified according to method 44. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 3 mg (27% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.73 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.53 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=638.0 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H103N15O15 calc. 1274.7831, found 1274.7827 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 237A (47 mg, 24 μmol) is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min, and the product is purified according to method 44. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 21 mg (57% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.43 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.52 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=638.1 (100) [M+2H]2+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1273.6 [M]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H103N15O15 calc. 1274.7831, found 1274.7800 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 238A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min, and the product is purified according to method 44. A further fine purification is then carried out: column: Waters Symmetry-Prep™ C-18, 7 μm, 300 mm×19 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; A:B 65/35 isocratic. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 8 mg (20% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.71 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.49 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=623.2 (100) [M+2H]2+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H101N15O14 calc. 1244.7726, found 1244.7748 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 239A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h, and the product is purified according to method 44. A further fine purification is then carried out: column: Waters Symmetry-Prep™ C-18, 7 μm, 300 mm×19 mm; eluent A: water+0.05% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile+0.05% TFA: flow rate: 10 ml/min; A:B 65/35 isocratic. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 9 mg (6 μmol, 35% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.63 min.
LC-MS (Method 19): Rt=1.43 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=643.7 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1289.8 (10) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C59H101N16O16 calc. 1289.7576, found 1289.7578 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 240A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h, and the product is purified several times according to method 44. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 1.1 mg (6 μmol, 3.5% of theory).
HPLC (Method 5): Rt=3.41 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.90 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=645 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1288 (10) [M+H]+.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H103N16O15 calc. 1287.7784, found 1287.7786 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 253A is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 2 ml of the reagent solution for 1 h, and the product is purified according to method 44. The product is fine purified according to a variant of method 34 (use of eluent A:eluent B 3:2; isocratic instead of the gradient). The title compound is obtained in a yield of 22 mg (36% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.43 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.90 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=645 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1288 (60) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1286 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C60H103N16O15 calc. 1287.7784, found 1287.7800 [M+H]+.
The compound of example 267A (34 mg of crude product, about 6 μmol) is reacted according to general procedure 2 with 1 ml of the reagent solution for 30 min. The product is obtained pure by chromatography twice according to method 33. The title compound is obtained in a yield of 6 mg (65% of theory).
HPLC (Method 6): Rt=3.42 min.
LC-MS (Method 22): Rt=2.90 min, MS (ESIpos): m/z (%)=660 (100) [M+2H]2+, 1317.8 (10) [M+H]+; MS (ESIneg): m/z (%)=1315.8 (100) [M−H]−.
HR-TOF-MS (Method 24): C61H105N16O16 calc. 1317.7889, found 1317.7892 [M+H]+.
Compounds 19-44 shown in the following table were prepared according to the indicated procedures from the indicated starting materials.
The in vitro effect of the compounds of the invention can be shown in the following assays:
The MIC is determined in the liquid dilution test in accordance with the NCCLS guidelines. Overnight cultures of Staphylococcus aureus 133, Enterococcus faecalis 27159, E. faecium 4147 and Streptococcus pneumoniae G9a are incubated with the described test substances in a 1:2 dilution series. The MIC determination is carried out with a cell count of 105 microbes per ml in Isosensitest medium (Difco, Irvine/USA), with the exception of S. pneumoniae which is tested in BHI broth (Difco, Irvine/USA) with 10% bovine serum with a cell count of 106 microbes per ml. The cultures are incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours, S. pneumoniae in the presence of 10% CO2.
The MIC is defined as the lowest concentration of each substance at which no visible bacterial growth occurs any longer. The MIC values are reported in μg/ml.
Representative in vitro activity data for the compounds of the invention are shown in Table A:
S. pneumoniae
E. faecalis
S. aureus 133
The suitability of the compounds of the invention for the treatment of bacterial infections can be shown in the following animal model:
Systemic Infection with Staphylococcus aureus 133:
Cells of S. aureus 133 are grown overnight in BHI broth (Oxoid, N.Y./USA). The overnight culture is diluted 1:100 in fresh BHI broth and incubated for 3 hours. The cells which are then in the logarithmic phase of growth are centrifuged off and washed twice with buffered physiological saline. Then a cell suspension in saline is adjusted photometrically to an extinction of 50 units. After a dilution step (1:15), this suspension is mixed 1:1 with a 10% mucin solution. 0.25 ml of this infection solution is administered intraperitoneally per 20 g mouse (equivalent to 1×106 microbes/mouse). Therapy takes place intraperitoneally or intravenously 30 minutes after the infection. Female CFW1 mice are used for the infection experiment. The survival of the animals is recorded over 6 days.
The properties of the compounds of the invention in relation to renal tolerability can be shown in the following animal model:
Nephrotoxic side effects of the nonadepsipeptides are analyzed by histopathological examinations of the kidneys in mice after multiple administration of a particular dosage. For this purpose, 5-6 animals are treated daily either intravenously (i.v.) or intraperitoneally (i.p.) with substances which are dissolved in aqueous solution or with the addition of Solutol. Nephrotoxic effects are determined by optical microscopic assessment of hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) stained paraffin sections of the kidneys. A ‘periodic acid Schiff’ (PAS) reaction is optionally carried out to visualize glycoproteins better. Nephrotoxic effects are specified semiquantitatively for each animal as severities of the tubular basophilia and degeneration/regeneration occurring (severities: 0=no effect; 1=minimal effect; 2=slight effect; 3=moderate effect; 4=severe lesions). The average severity of the tubular degeneration/regeneration as well as the incidence (number of affected animals) is calculated for each animal group or derivative. Renal changes going beyond this, such as tubular dilatation as well as necroses and the accumulation of necrotic material, are likewise listed.
Nephrotoxic side effects of nonadepsipeptides are analyzed by histopathological examinations of the kidneys in rats after multiple administration of a particular dosage. For this purpose, 5 animals are treated daily intravenously (i.v.) with substances which are dissolved in saline or Ringer's lactate solution. Nephrotoxic effects are determined by optical microscopic assessment of hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) stained paraffin sections of the kidneys. A ‘periodic acid Schiff’ (PAS) reaction is optionally carried out to visualize glycoproteins better. Nephrotoxic effects are specified semiquantitatively for each animal as severities of the tubular basophilia and degeneration/regeneration occurring (severities: 0=no effect; 1=minimal effect; 2=slight effect; 3 moderate effect; 4=severe lesions). The average severity of the tubular degeneration/regeneration as well as the incidence (number of affected animals) is calculated for each animal group or derivative. Renal changes going beyond this, such as tubular dilatation as well as necroses and the accumulation of necrotic material, are likewise listed.
The method described here for determining the free fraction (fu) of a test substance is divided into 2 parts:
a) Determination of the Transil®/buffer distribution ratio (MAbuffer) by incubating the test substance in a Transil®-buffer (pH 7.4) dispersion and subsequently determining the concentration in the dispersion and in the buffer supernatant.
b) Determination of the Transil®/plasma distribution ratio (MAplasma) by incubating the test substance in a Transil®-plasma dispersion and subsequently determining the concentration in the dispersion and in the plasma.
The quotient of the two distribution ratios yields fu.
In the case of highly protein-bound substances, the plasma is usually diluted with isotonic phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) and subsequently suspended with Transil®. The determination of fu′ (free fraction in diluted plasma) in this diluted protein solution takes place in analogy to the determination of fu. The free fraction in undiluted plasma is calculated from fu′ and the dilution factor.
Concerning this method, compare also: Schuhmacher, Joachim; Kohlsdorfer, Christian; Buehner, Klaus; Brandenburger, Tim; Kruk, Renate, “High-throughput determination of the free fraction of drugs strongly bound to plasma proteins.” Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2004, 93, 816-830.
Determination of the Membrane Affinity of a Test Substance after Distribution Between Transil® and Buffer (MAbuffer):
All incubations are carried out in suitable glass vessels, e.g. glass vials, ground-socket test tubes. The total volume is usually 0.5-5 ml, and the Transil® volume is 10-100 μl. If the membrane affinities are expected to be high, the Transil® dispersion can be diluted up to 20-fold with phosphate buffer of pH 7.4, e.g. Dulbecco's PBS. Phosphate buffer of pH 7.4 is provided in the incubation vessels, and the Transil® is, after thorough mixing, pipetted in. The test substance is pipetted in at a concentration of, for example, 200 ng/ml, n=6. The proportion of organic solvent should be ≦2%. The mixtures are incubated at room temperature for 30 min, e.g. on a mini-shaker at an angle of about 45°, at about 400 rpm. In order to determine the 100% value at least one aliquot of, for example, 100 μl is removed, and the remaining mixture is centrifuged at about 1800 g for about 10 min. At least 2 aliquots (e.g. 100 μl) of the supernatant are removed from each sample for the determination the concentration.
The total incubation volume and the added volume of Transil® depend on the expected free fraction. The total volume is usually 0.5-1 ml, and the Transil® volume is 10-100 μl. If the free fractions are very low, the plasma of the species to be investigated is diluted, with isotonic buffer solution, pH 7.4, e.g. 10-400-fold, and then Transil® is added. The subsequent procedure takes place as described above for the determination of the MAbuffer values.
The plasma of the species to be investigated is filtered through a semipermeable membrane. The substance concentration in the filtrate is measured and the free fraction fu is calculated therefrom. The Centrifree micropartition system from Millipore/Amicon is used. The ultrafiltration membranes have a cut-off of 30 000 Da. 1 ml of plasma is doped with the substance in a concentration of about 1 μg/ml. The proportion of solvent should be <2%. After incubation at room temperature for 30 minutes, the plasma is pipetted into the ultrafiltration system and centrifuged at 1800 g for 10 minutes. The substance concentration in the ultrafiltrate (Cu; unbound substance concentration) and in the plasma before centrifugation (C; total substance concentration) is measured. The free fraction is calculated according to the formula: fu (%)=Cu/C*100.
0.3 mg of the test substance are dissolved in a mixture of 0.25 ml of acetonitrile, 0.25 ml of DMSO and 0.5 ml of buffer of pH 7.8 (consisting of 111 mg (1 mmol) of calcium chloride, 7.91 g (100 mmol) of ammonium bicarbonate, 100 ml of acetonitrile ad 1000 ml) and left to stand at room temperature. A 5 μl aliquot is taken from the solution once an hour and analyzed by HPLC (method 57). The concentration of the test compound at time 0 h, indicated by the UV absorption (1E), is set equal to 100%, and the decrease over time is observed. At the same time, the increase in the ring-opened degradation product is observed.
This assay provided the results shown in
The compounds of the invention can be converted into pharmaceutical preparations in the following ways:
100 mg of the compound of example 1, 50 mg of lactose (monohydrate), 50 mg of maize starch (native), 10 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP 25) (BASF, Ludwigshafen, Germany) and 2 mg of magnesium stearate.
Tablet weight 212 mg. Diameter 8 mm, radius of curvature 12 mm.
The mixture of active ingredient, lactose and starch is granulated with a 5% solution (m/m) of the PVP in water. The granules are dried and then mixed with the magnesium stearate for 5 min. This mixture is compressed using a conventional tablet press (see above for format of the tablet). A compressive force of 15 kN is used as guideline for the compression.
Suspension which can be Administered Orally:
1000 mg of the compound of example 1, 1000 mg of ethanol (96%), 400 mg of Rhodigel (xanthan gum, FMC, Pennsylvania, USA) and 99 g of water.
10 ml of oral suspension are equivalent to a single dose of 100 mg of the compound of the invention.
The Rhodigel is suspended in ethanol, and the active ingredient is added to the suspension. The water is added while stirring. The mixture is stirred for about 6 h until the swelling of the Rhodigel is complete.
Solution which can be Administered Intravenously:
100-200 mg of the compound of example 1, 15 g of polyethylene glycol 400 and 250 g of water for injection.
The compound of example 1 is dissolved together with polyethylene glycol 400 in the water with stirring. The solution is sterilized by filtration (pore diameter 0.22 μm) and dispensed into heat-sterilized infusion bottles under aseptic conditions. The latter are closed with infusion stoppers and crimped caps.
| Number | Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 10 2006 018 080.1 | Apr 2006 | DE | national |
This application is a continuation of pending international application PCT/EP2007/003303, filed Apr. 13, 2007, designating US, which claims priority from German patent application DE 10 2006 018 080.1, filed Apr. 13, 2006. The contents of these documents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | PCT/EP2007/003303 | Apr 2007 | US |
| Child | 12249888 | US |
